Difference between revisions of ".NET Preferences"

From Galen Healthcare Solutions - Allscripts TouchWorks EHR Wiki
Jump to navigation Jump to search
 
(196 intermediate revisions by 7 users not shown)
Line 91: Line 91:
 
V11 Preferences can be set in the TWAdmin workplace, by entering the value that corresponds to the Preference.
 
V11 Preferences can be set in the TWAdmin workplace, by entering the value that corresponds to the Preference.
  
This list includes the net new preferences with v11.2.
+
This list includes the net new preferences with v17.1.
  
 
'''Categories'''
 
'''Categories'''
 
Preferences are grouped into categories.  The categories are General, Meds, Meds/Orders, Note, Orders, Problems and Results.  Specific information about each preference is listed below.
 
Preferences are grouped into categories.  The categories are General, Meds, Meds/Orders, Note, Orders, Problems and Results.  Specific information about each preference is listed below.
  
'''Recommended Setting''' - Recommended settings are based on certified workflows and the most common setting.  Each of them must be reviewed with your organization's workflows in mind.
+
'''Recommended Setting''' - Recommended settings are based on certified workflows and the most common setting.  Each of them must be reviewed with organizational workflows in mind.
  
 
=='''Alert Preferences'''==
 
=='''Alert Preferences'''==
'''1) AllergyListNotReconciled'''  
+
 
 +
''' AllergyListNotReconciled'''  
  
 
Indicates if Allergy List is Not Reconciled.  Places an alert in the patient encounter summary that the allergy list was not reconciled. This will appear under the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category.<br>  
 
Indicates if Allergy List is Not Reconciled.  Places an alert in the patient encounter summary that the allergy list was not reconciled. This will appear under the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category.<br>  
Line 118: Line 119:
  
  
'''2) Allow Don't Show Me Again Option'''  
+
''' Allow Don't Show Me Again Option'''  
  
* '''Removed in V11.4.1'''
+
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''
  
Allow users to be able to select "Don't Show Me Again" for Alerts.
+
Allows users to be able to select "Don't Show Me Again" for Alerts.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 137: Line 138:
  
  
'''3) BPNotDocumented'''  
+
''' BPNotDocumented'''  
  
Allows the users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary
+
Allows users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if Blood Pressure for Patients 3 and Older is Not Documented.   
if Blood Pressure for Patients 3 and Older is Not Documented.   
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 155: Line 155:
  
  
'''4) CDSRealtimeRecommendEnabled'''
+
''' CDSRealtimeRecommendEnabled'''
  
 
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''
 
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''
  
Allows an Organization to Enable whether real-time point of care (POC) recommendations are generated for users at your practice.
+
Allows an Organization to Enable whether real-time point of care (POC) recommendations are generated for users.
  
* Important: CDSRealtimeRecommendEnabled should not be set to Y for any provider that is not subscribed to POC recommendations in the Subscription Manager. If this preference is enabled but the provider is not subscribed to recommendations, all POC recommendation transactions will fail.
+
* Important: CDSRealtimeRecommendEnabled should not be set to Y for any provider that is not subscribed to POC recommendations in the Subscription Manager in the Allscripts Analytics Portal. If this preference is enabled but the provider is not subscribed to recommendations, all POC recommendation transactions will fail.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 176: Line 176:
  
  
'''5) CDSReasonRequired'''
+
''' CDSReasonRequired'''
  
 
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''
 
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''
  
Indicates whether or not users are required to enter
+
Indicates whether or not users are required to enter a reason when suppressing or excluding a point of care (POC) recommendation.
a reason when suppressing or excluding a point of care (POC) recommendation.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 196: Line 195:
  
  
'''6) CDSSendUnauthorized'''
+
''' CDSSendUnauthorized'''
  
 
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''
 
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''
  
Allows an Organization to to specify whether clinical items in the
+
Allows an Organization to to specify whether clinical items in the unauthorized status are sent for point of care (POC) recommendation checking. Unauthorized clinical items can include immunizations, medications, and orders.
unauthorized status are sent for point of care (POC) recommendation checking.
 
Unauthorized clinical items can include immunizations, medications, and orders.
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 216: Line 213:
  
  
'''7) CDSSendUnverified'''
+
''' CDSSendUnverified'''
  
 
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''
 
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''
  
Allows an Organization to to specify whether unverified items, such as
+
Allows an Organization to to specify whether unverified items, such as problems and orders, are sent for point of care (POC) recommendation checking.
problems and orders, are sent for point of care (POC) recommendation checking.
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 235: Line 231:
  
  
'''8) Compliance Medication'''  
+
''' Compliance Medication'''  
  
 
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''
 
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''
Line 254: Line 250:
  
  
'''9) Compliance Misc'''
+
''' Compliance Misc'''
  
 
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''
 
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''
Line 273: Line 269:
  
  
'''10) Compliance Problem'''
+
''' Compliance Problem'''
  
 
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''
 
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''
Line 292: Line 288:
  
  
'''11) Compliance Results'''  
+
''' Compliance Results'''  
  
 
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''
 
* '''NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1'''
Line 311: Line 307:
  
  
'''12) Display Provider Alerts'''  
+
''' Display Provider Alerts'''  
  
Allows the users to be able to select the providers that they would like to view alerts for, when there is not an Appointment in context.  Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary for the selected providers viewing patient charts without an appointment in context.  This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.
+
Allows users to be able to select the providers that they would like to view alerts for, when there is not an Appointment in context.  Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary for the selected providers viewing patient charts without an appointment in context.  This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.
 
*Note: Check the box Select All Providers to choose all providers at once.
 
*Note: Check the box Select All Providers to choose all providers at once.
  
Line 329: Line 325:
  
  
'''13) Display Specialty Alerts'''  
+
''' Display Specialty Alerts'''  
  
Allows the users to be able to select the specialties that they would like to view alerts for, when there is not an Appointment in context. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary for the selected specialties when providers are viewing a patient chart without an appointment in context.  This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.
+
Allows users to be able to select the specialties that they would like to view alerts for, when there is not an Appointment in context. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary for the selected specialties when providers are viewing a patient chart without an appointment in context.  This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.
 
* Note: Check the box Select All Specialties to choose all specialties at once or check each box individually to select the Specialties that apply.
 
* Note: Check the box Select All Specialties to choose all specialties at once or check each box individually to select the Specialties that apply.
  
Line 348: Line 344:
  
  
'''14) EthnicityNotDocumented'''
+
''' EthnicityNotDocumented'''
  
 
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''
 
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''
  
Allows the users to be able to determine when and where a Meaningful Use (MU) alert
+
Allows users to be able to determine when and where a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if the patient’s ethnicity demographic is not documented.
is displayed on Encounter Summary if the patient’s ethnicity demographic is not
 
documented.
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 368: Line 362:
  
  
'''15) FamilyHxNotDocumented'''
+
''' FamilyHxNotDocumented'''
  
 
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''
 
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''
Line 387: Line 381:
  
  
'''16) HeightNotDocumented'''  
+
''' HeightNotDocumented'''  
  
 
Allows the users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed in the encounter summary that Height has not been documented.  
 
Allows the users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed in the encounter summary that Height has not been documented.  
Line 404: Line 398:
  
  
'''17) InfoPtPortalAccessNotProvided'''
+
''' InfoPtPortalAccessNotProvided'''
  
 
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''
 
* '''NOTE: Added in V11.4.1'''
Line 424: Line 418:
  
  
'''18) LangNotDocumented'''  
+
''' LangNotDocumented'''  
  
 
* '''Added in V11.4.1'''
 
* '''Added in V11.4.1'''
Line 443: Line 437:
  
  
'''19) LangRaceEthnicityNotDocumented'''  
+
''' LangRaceEthnicityNotDocumented'''  
  
 
* '''Removed in V11.4.1'''
 
* '''Removed in V11.4.1'''
Line 462: Line 456:
  
  
'''20) MedAllergiesNotDocumented'''  
+
''' MedAllergiesNotDocumented'''  
  
 
Indicates that Med Allergy Status is Not Documented.  Places an alert in the encounter summary that Medication Allergies have not been documented.  
 
Indicates that Med Allergy Status is Not Documented.  Places an alert in the encounter summary that Medication Allergies have not been documented.  
Line 479: Line 473:
  
  
'''21) MedListNotReconciled'''  
+
''' MedListNotReconciled'''  
  
 
Indicates that Med List is Not Reconciled.  Places an alert in the encounter summary that the medication list has not been reconciled.  
 
Indicates that Med List is Not Reconciled.  Places an alert in the encounter summary that the medication list has not been reconciled.  
Line 496: Line 490:
  
  
'''22) MedsNotDocumented'''  
+
''' MedsNotDocumented'''  
  
 
Indications that Medication Status is Not Documented. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that medications were not documented.  This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. Documentation of the patient's medications is a Meaningful Use (MU) requirement.
 
Indications that Medication Status is Not Documented. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that medications were not documented.  This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. Documentation of the patient's medications is a Meaningful Use (MU) requirement.
Line 512: Line 506:
  
  
'''23) Missing Data - Order/Results'''  
+
''' Missing Data - Order/Results'''  
  
 
Indicates that there is Missing Data. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing order or result data in the patient chart.  This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.
 
Indicates that there is Missing Data. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing order or result data in the patient chart.  This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.
Line 529: Line 523:
  
  
'''24) Missing Data Immunizations'''  
+
''' Missing Data Immunizations'''  
  
 
Indicates that there is Missing Immunization Data: Immunizations Recommendations.  Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing immunization data for the patient chart.  This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category.  
 
Indicates that there is Missing Immunization Data: Immunizations Recommendations.  Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing immunization data for the patient chart.  This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category.  
Line 546: Line 540:
  
  
'''25) Missing Data Medications'''  
+
''' Missing Data Medications'''  
  
 
Indicates that there is Missing Medication Data: Medications Recommendations.  Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing medication data in the patient chart.  This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.  
 
Indicates that there is Missing Medication Data: Medications Recommendations.  Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing medication data in the patient chart.  This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.  
Line 563: Line 557:
  
  
'''26) Missing Data Misc'''  
+
''' Missing Data Misc'''  
  
 
Indicates that there is Missing Misc. Data: Medication Recommendations in "My Alerts".  Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing miscellaneous recommendations.  This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. This alert refers to future functionality with integration to applications such as CQS.  
 
Indicates that there is Missing Misc. Data: Medication Recommendations in "My Alerts".  Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing miscellaneous recommendations.  This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. This alert refers to future functionality with integration to applications such as CQS.  
Line 580: Line 574:
  
  
'''27) Missing Data Problems'''  
+
''' Missing Data Problems'''  
  
 
Indicates that there is Missing Data: Problems Recommendations.  Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing data recommendations in the patient chart.  This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category.  
 
Indicates that there is Missing Data: Problems Recommendations.  Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing data recommendations in the patient chart.  This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category.  
Line 597: Line 591:
  
  
'''28) OverdueOrdersAlerts'''  
+
''' OverdueOrdersAlerts'''  
  
 
Gives the user Overdue Orders Alerts.  Places an alert in the encounter summary that there are overdue orders in the patient chart.
 
Gives the user Overdue Orders Alerts.  Places an alert in the encounter summary that there are overdue orders in the patient chart.
Line 614: Line 608:
  
  
'''29) OverdueRemindersAlerts'''  
+
''' OverdueRemindersAlerts'''  
  
 
Indicates Overdue Reminders Alerts.  Places an alert in the encounter summary that there are overdue issues within the patient chart.
 
Indicates Overdue Reminders Alerts.  Places an alert in the encounter summary that there are overdue issues within the patient chart.
Line 631: Line 625:
 
    
 
    
  
'''30) ProblemsNotDocumented'''  
+
''' ProblemsNotDocumented'''  
  
 
Patient Problems are Not Documented.  Places an alert in the encounter summary that patient problem was not documented in the patients chart.
 
Patient Problems are Not Documented.  Places an alert in the encounter summary that patient problem was not documented in the patients chart.
Line 648: Line 642:
  
  
'''31) RaceNotDocumented'''  
+
''' RaceNotDocumented'''  
  
 
* '''Added in V11.4.1'''
 
* '''Added in V11.4.1'''
Line 667: Line 661:
  
  
'''32) Show MU Alerts'''  
+
''' Show MU Alerts'''  
  
 
Indicates whether or not to show Alerts Pertaining to MU.  Places an alert in the encounter summary displaying all MU Alerts.  User can suppress individual MU alert types in Personalize> Alerts.  
 
Indicates whether or not to show Alerts Pertaining to MU.  Places an alert in the encounter summary displaying all MU Alerts.  User can suppress individual MU alert types in Personalize> Alerts.  
Line 684: Line 678:
  
  
'''33) SmokingStatus'''  
+
''' SmokingStatus'''  
  
 
Indicates whether or not Smoking Status for Patients 13 and Older is Not Documented.  Places an alert in the encounter summary that smoking is NOT documented in the patient chart. This is required a MU measure.
 
Indicates whether or not Smoking Status for Patients 13 and Older is Not Documented.  Places an alert in the encounter summary that smoking is NOT documented in the patient chart. This is required a MU measure.
Line 701: Line 695:
  
  
'''34) WeightNotDocumented'''  
+
''' WeightNotDocumented'''  
  
 
Indicates that Weight is Not Documented.  Places an alert in the encounter summary that weight has not been documented in the patient chart. This is a required MU measure.
 
Indicates that Weight is Not Documented.  Places an alert in the encounter summary that weight has not been documented in the patient chart. This is a required MU measure.
Line 717: Line 711:
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Clinical Trial Preferences'''==
+
=='''Charge Preferences'''==
'''1) Works CT Batch Start Time'''
 
  
Indicates the time that the night job runs. The "night job" reviews the next day's appointments list and compares the patients to the available clinical trials.
+
Organizations can lock select fields on Encounter Forms to prevent them from being edited.
  
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
 
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
''' AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrder'''  
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>12:00 am</li><li>1:00  am </li><li>2:00  am</li><li>3:00  am</li><li>4:00  am</li><li>5:00  am</li><li>6:00  am</li><li>7:00  am</li><li>7:00  pm</li><li>8:00  pm</li><li>9:00  pm</li><li>10:00 pm</li><li>11:00 pm
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12:00 am
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
 
 
 
 
'''2) Works CT Distance'''
 
 
 
Indicates the maximum miles the client would have a patient drive to participate in a clinical trial.
 
  
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to specify if associated charges should be removed automatically from Encounter Form when a charge order status is changed to Cancelled or Entered in Error.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>5</li><li>10</li><li>25</li><li>50</li><li>100
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Education Preferences'''==
+
''' BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
 
 
'''1) EducationCounselorEditable'''  
 
  
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Area on the Encounter Form.
  
Allows users to edit the Counselor field on the Education Session Dialog.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 769: Line 744:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
  
'''2) EducationProvidedEditable'''
 
  
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''
+
''' BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
  
Allows users to edit the Provider field on the Education Session Dialog.  
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Location on the Encounter Form.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 788: Line 764:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''General Preferences'''==
+
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
  
Question: What does the [[EXCLUDE PHYSICAL EXAM FINDINGS]] mean?
+
''' BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
 
 
|}
 
 
 
'''ACI Past Surgical History Search Filter Defaults:''' ACI Past Surgical History Search Filter Defaults
 
  
Allows the user to filter the Past Surgical History search results by default
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 
+
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Provider on the Encounter Form.
* Note: This is the 11.2 documented recommended settings
 
* Note: This preference is not available in v11.4
 
 
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 814: Line 783:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Add Favorites Lists Automatically'''
+
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
*When set to 'Y', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users favorites list as they are selected. This includes medications, allergies, orders, and problems.
+
 
*When set to 'N', items will not be added to a users favorite list unless done manually.
+
''' DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
   
+
 
 +
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Division on the Encounter Form.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 830: Line 802:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ADXConfigured'''
+
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
 +
 
 +
''' PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
 +
 
 +
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Performing Provider on the Encounter Form.
  
This controls access to Native Integration
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 846: Line 821:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ADXRequestPoolInterval'''
+
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
 +
 
 +
''' ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
 +
 
 +
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Referring Provider on the Encounter Form.
  
* Note: Sets the number of minutes the application waits prior to making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another callfor the same patient. This is useful when switching back and forth between patients.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 862: Line 840:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Integer
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
  
'''ADX-Screening incoming problems for non-billable codes'''
+
=='''Clinical Trial Preferences'''==
 +
''' Works CT Batch Start Time'''
 +
 
 +
Indicates the time that the night job runs. The "night job" reviews the next day's appointments list and compares the patients to the available clinical trials.
  
* Note: New to v11.4
+
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>12:00 am</li><li>1:00  am </li><li>2:00  am</li><li>3:00  am</li><li>4:00  am</li><li>5:00  am</li><li>6:00  am</li><li>7:00  am</li><li>7:00  pm</li><li>8:00  pm</li><li>9:00  pm</li><li>10:00 pm</li><li>11:00 pm
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12:00 am
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org  
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
'''Allergy List Review'''
+
''' Works CT Distance'''  
 +
 
 +
Indicates the maximum miles the client would have a patient drive to participate in a clinical trial.
  
* Note: Per Allscripts July, 2008 this preference is currently not used.  It does not matter how it is set, but it is Recommended '''leave blank''' and revisited when the preference becomes active.
+
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
  
   
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
'''AllergyWarnIfNotParticipating:''' Warn if an allergy is not participating in checking.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>5</li><li>10</li><li>25</li><li>50</li><li>100
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
  
Allows organizations to warn users if a selected allergy is not participating in DUR checking.
+
=='''Education Preferences'''==
  
If Set to '''Yes''' warning is allowed.
+
''' EducationCounselorEditable'''  
  
If set to '''No''' warning is not allowed.
+
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''
  
 +
Allows users to edit the Counselor field on the Education Session Dialog.
 +
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 906: Line 901:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
 +
''' EducationProvidedEditable'''
 +
 +
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''
  
'''Allow Advanced Personal Editing of CareGuide Templates:''' Determines the ability a user can edit CareGuides
+
Allows users to edit the Provider field on the Education Session Dialog.
  
Allows the organization to determine the extent of editing granted to providers to make at the personal template level within the ACI.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 924: Line 920:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
* If set to '''N''' (Do Not Allow)Provider will have the following abilities:
+
=='''General Preferences'''==
  
# Save selections as defaults (i.e. labs a provider prefers, medications, problems,etc.)
+
Question: What does the [[EXCLUDE PHYSICAL EXAM FINDINGS]] mean?
# Edit the SIGs for the medications and variables (i.e. provider prefers for patient to check temp twice daily instead of once). Providers would be able to save this default.
 
# Add customized guidelines and save to a personal template.
 
# Set a default opening section and save to a personal template.
 
# Add ad hoc items for the current patient (from the ACI only). These ad hoc are not saved to a personal template.
 
  
*If set to '''Y''' (Allow): the providers will have the above listed abilites '''AND''' as well as the following:
 
# Add new orderable items and save them to the template
 
# Delete items or headers
 
# Edit headers
 
# Rearrange items or headers
 
  
 +
'''ACI Past Surgical History Search Filter Defaults:'''
 +
Allows the user to filter the Past Surgical History search results by default
  
'''AllowClinicalSummaryWhenNoteUnFinal:'''
+
* Note: This is the 11.2 documented recommended settings
 
+
* Note: This preference is not available in v11.4
Allows users to indicate whether or not to generate a note before it is final to help give provider to get credit for supplying a Clinical Summary in an unfinalized note state.
+
 
 
 
If set to '''Y''' User able to generate a note before it is final
 
 
 
If set to '''N''' User unable to generate a note before it is final
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 958: Line 942:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
     
+
'''Add Favorites Lists Automatically'''
'''Always Present Dialog When Printing Rx'''
 
  
If set to '''Y''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will not be selected and the default behavior will be to show the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated.  This forces the user to review the print dialogue before sending the print request.
+
If set to '''Y''', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users favorites list as they are selected.  This includes medications, allergies, orders, and problems.
  
If set to '''N''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will be selected and the default behavior will be to suppress the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated.  
+
If set to '''N''', items will not be added to a users favorite list unless done manually.
     
+
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 979: Line 962:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''ADXConfigured'''
  
'''Always Present Site Selector for User Preference'''
+
This controls access to Native Integration
 
+
   
* Note: Updated Values in v11.4.1
 
 
 
*If set to '''Y''' the Site Selector Site Selector opens when a user logs in, unless the user is only assigned to 1 site in User Admin. In this case, the user is automatically logged into the one assigned site without viewing Site Selector.
 
*If set to '''N''' the Site Selector does not open when a user logs in. The user is logged directly into his or her default site
 
 
*Note:  If the staff ratio is that most people do '''Not''' need to log into various sites then set to '''N''' and users can be trained to change their log in site in User options HTB. 
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,005: Line 982:
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''ADXRequestPoolInterval'''
  
'''Audit level''' - Allows administrators to capture and track the following information about users’ activity in the Touchworks EHR application including:  
+
* Note: Sets the number of minutes the application waits prior to making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another callfor the same patient. This is useful when switching back and forth between patients.
 
+
   
#User name
 
#Patient name
 
#Patient MRN
 
#Access date
 
#Access time
 
#Device used (Web, PDA)
 
#Action time
 
#Action taken (viewed, printed,created, and/or faxed)
 
#WebFramework Page accessed 
 
 
 
This setting determines the amount of information contained in the Audit Log Report.  Please be aware that increasing the level of auditing increases the amount of data that is tracked and stored.  Due to the nature of this, it can cause performance issues, so please be sure to test this before implementing in production.  This is not seen often, but should be considered.  These settings do not change the level of auditing on particular items such as notes. This simply changes what is written to the Audit log report. 
 
 
 
'''*NOTE: ALWAYS SET TO HIGH AS OF 11.4.1'''
 
 
 
*  If set to '''High''' the audit trail will capture viewing, editing, creating, printing, and faxing of clinical items.
 
*  If set to '''Medium''' the audit trail will capture editing, creating, and viewing of clinical items.
 
*  If set to '''Low''' the audit trail will capture editing and creating of clinical items.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,032: Line 992:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>High</li><li>Medium</li><li>Low
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Integer
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Low
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No</li><li>Enforced
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''ADX-Screening incoming problems for non-billable codes'''
  
'''CakeVirtualDirectory (Cake Web Servises-Virtual Directory Name)'''
+
* Note: New to v11.4
 
 
'''*NOTE: As of 11.4.1 HF1 Referred to as DownloadChartLocal'''
 
 
 
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information ragrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.
 
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,052: Line 1,008:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>N
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Cakelocal
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Allergy List Review'''
  
'''CareGuide Default Opening Section'''  
+
* Note: Per Allscripts July, 2008 this preference is currently not used.  It does not matter how it is set, but it is Recommended '''leave blank''' and revisited when the preference becomes active.
 +
   
 +
'''AllergyWarnIfNotParticipating:'''
 +
 
 +
Allows organizations to warn users if a selected allergy is not participating in DUR checking.
  
Allows users to choose the default opening section of CareGuides.
+
If Set to '''Y''' warning is allowed.
  
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
If set to '''N''' warning is not allowed.
  
*  If set to '''All''' the display opens all sections of the CareGuide selected.
 
*  If set to '''Follow-Ups and Referrals''' the display opens to the Follow-Ups and Referrals section of the CareGuide selected.
 
*  If set to '''Instructions''' the display opens to the Instructions section of the CareGuide selected.
 
*  If set to '''Medications''' the display opens to the Medications section of the CareGuide selected.
 
*  If set to '''Orders''' the display opens to the Orders section of the CareGuide selected.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,077: Line 1,032:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All</li><li>Follow-Up and Referrals</li><li>Instructions</li><li>Medications</li><li>Orders
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification'''
+
'''AllowAssocationOfCaseInformationToEncounters'''
 +
 
 +
Allows organizations to associate a workers' compensation case to a non-appointment encounter manually.
 +
 
 +
NOTE: The case information ( case ID, date of injury, and status) comes from the practice management application. The encounter type of '''Allow Case Association''' must be set in the '''Encounter Type dictionary'''.
  
* If set to '''Y''' then a Verify CCR task is generated for the specified user.  This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the document before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart.  The task routing is based on the 'Clinical Exchange Documents Verification Routing' preference setting.
+
If set to '''Yes''' the '''Case''' section will display so that a case can be selected and linked to the encounter.  
  
*  When set to '''N''', the CED document would be imported and would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart.
+
If set to '''No''' the '''Case''' section will not display.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,096: Line 1,055:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification Routing'''
 
  
* Specifies the routing of tasks Clinical Exchange Documents. 
+
'''Allow Advanced Personal Editing of CareGuide Templates:'''
  
*  If set to 'Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient first, if the system can't make a match or if the recipient isn't defined as a user, it will attempt to assign the task the PCP defined for the patientIf the PCP isn't defined or is not setup as a user, the task would then be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.  
+
Determines the ability of a user to edit CareGuidesAllows the organization to determine the extent of editing granted to providers to at the personal template level within the ACI.  
 
   
 
   
*  If set to 'Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient.  IF the system can't make a match or the recipient isn't setup as a user, the task will get assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
 
 
*  If set to 'PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the PCP first.  If the patient does not have a PCP defined or the PCP is not setup as a user, the system will assign the task to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
 
 
*  If set to 'Clinical Exchange Document Team' the task will be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
 
     
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,120: Line 1,072:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team </li><li>Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>Clinical Exchange Document Team
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
If set to '''N''' (Do Not Allow)Provider will have the following abilities:
  
'''ClinEGuide Credentials (User|Pwd)'''
+
# Save selections as defaults (i.e. labs a provider prefers, medications, problems,etc.)
*  This is a free text field which would hold the username and password for integration with the [http://www.clineguide.com/marketing/ContentPage.aspx Wolters Kluwer Clin-Eguide]. If a value is provided, an icon will appear on the v11 toolbar that looks like an open book. If user selects the book, it will launch an Internet Explorer session which brings the user to the Clin-eguide home page. The credentials are passed with the action and will log them into the site if valid.
+
# Edit the SIGs for the medications and variables (i.e. provider prefers for patient to check temp twice daily instead of once). Providers would be able to save this default.
 +
# Add customized guidelines and save to a personal template.
 +
# Set a default opening section and save to a personal template.
 +
# Add ad hoc items for the current patient (from the ACI only). These ad hoc are not saved to a personal template.  
  
 +
If set to '''Y''' (Allow): the providers will have the above listed abilites '''AND''' as well as the following:
 +
# Add new orderable items and save them to the template
 +
# Delete items or headers
 +
# Edit headers
 +
# Rearrange items or headers
 +
 +
 +
'''AllowClinicalSummaryWhenNoteUnFinal:'''
 +
 +
Allows users to indicate whether or not to generate a note before it is final to help give provider credit for supplying a Clinical Summary in an unfinalized note state.
 +
 +
If set to '''Y''' User able to generate a note before it is final
 +
 +
If set to '''N''' User unable to generate a note before it is final
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,137: Line 1,107:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
     
 +
'''Always Present Dialog When Printing Rx'''
  
 +
If set to '''Y''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will not be selected and the default behavior will be to show the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated.  This forces the user to review the print dialogue before sending the print request.
  
'''Clinical Exchange Documents Item Verification'''
+
If set to '''N''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will be selected and the default behavior will be to suppress the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated.  
 
+
     
* If set to 'Y' this will require verification when CED items (meds, allergies, problems, etc.) are imported.  This means that the a provider will be tasked with verifying the clinical items before an being added to the patient's chart.  The task routing is based on the 'Clinical Exchange Documents Verification Routing' preference setting.
 
 
 
* If set to 'N', the CED items would be imported and would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,156: Line 1,125:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>Usr
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enforced
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Always Present Site Selector for User Preference'''
 +
 +
* Note: Updated Values in v11.4.1
  
'''Community/Automatic CED Submittal:'''  
+
If set to '''Y''' the Site Selector Site Selector opens when a user logs in, unless the user is only assigned to 1 site in User Admin. In this case, the user is automatically logged into the one assigned site without viewing Site Selector.
  
Allows organizations to automatically submit CEDs, after a patient chart is updated, to a patient-designated community to which the organization shares information.
+
If set to '''N''' the Site Selector does not open when a user logs in. The user is logged directly into his or her default site
 +
 +
*Note:  If the staff ratio is that most people do '''Not''' need to log into various sites then set to '''N''' and users can be trained to change their log in site in User options HTB.  
  
* If Set to '''Yes''' CED's will automatically be sent.
 
* If set to '''No''' CED's will not automatically be sent.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,176: Line 1,147:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Community/Patient Data Sharing Security:''' Default sharing with Communities (Opt-in) or not share (Opt-out)
+
'''Audit level'''  
 
 
Allows the organization to determine by default whether or not all patients in the EHR will participate in the community data sharing.
 
*Default Value: Opt-In
 
NOTE: at request of the patient the organization can override this option within the Patient Profile.
 
  Options:
 
  1.Opt-in: Yes you want to share
 
  2.Opt-out: No you do not want to share
 
  
'''Create Future Encounter''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
Allows administrators to capture and track the following information about users’ activity in the Touchworks EHR application including:  
  
Allows the creation of future encounters
+
#User name
* When set to 'Y' this will allow users to create documentation on a future encounter
+
#Patient name
* When set to 'N' this will not allow users to create documentation on a future encounter
+
#Patient MRN
 +
#Access date
 +
#Access time
 +
#Device used (Web, PDA)
 +
#Action time
 +
#Action taken (viewed, printed,created, and/or faxed)
 +
#WebFramework Page accessed 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
This setting determines the amount of information contained in the Audit Log Report.  Please be aware that increasing the level of auditing increases the amount of data that is tracked and stored.  Due to the nature of this, it can cause performance issues, so please be sure to test this before implementing in production.  This is not seen often, but should be considered.  These settings do not change the level of auditing on particular items such as notes.  This simply changes what is written to the Audit log report. 
    Defaulted Setting: Y
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: N/A
 
  
'''Create Overdue Reminder Task:''' Create Overdue Reminder Task
+
'''*NOTE: ALWAYS SET TO HIGH AS OF 11.4.1'''
Allows users the option to enable or disable OverDue Reminder Tasks
 
  Options: Y (Allow) or N (Do Not Allow)
 
  
 +
If set to '''High''' the audit trail will capture viewing, editing, creating, printing, and faxing of clinical items.
 +
If set to '''Medium''' the audit trail will capture editing, creating, and viewing of clinical items.
 +
If set to '''Low''' the audit trail will capture editing and creating of clinical items. 
 +
   
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>High</li><li>Medium</li><li>Low
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Low
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No</li><li>Enforced
 +
|}
  
'''CSDefaultTreatmentPlanNoteSection'''
+
'''CakeVirtualDirectory (Cake Web Servises-Virtual Directory Name)'''
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.2'''
+
'''*NOTE: As of 11.4.1 HF1 Referred to as DownloadChartLocal'''
  
*  The CSDefaultTreatmentPlanNoteSection preference enables you to define the
+
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information ragrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.
information that should cite into the Treatment Plan section of the clinical summaries
+
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type.  This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set
 
to RTF or CCDA.
 
  
    Available Options: Plan, Discussion Summary, Orders (V10 Note Only), None
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Plan
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Cakelocal
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
 +
'''CareGuide Default Opening Section'''
  
'''CSIncludeReasoninMedicationSection'''
+
Allows users to choose the default opening section of CareGuides.
  
'''*NOTE: Removed in 11.4.1'''
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
 +
If set to '''All''' the display opens all sections of the CareGuide selected.
 +
If set to '''Follow-Ups and Referrals''' the display opens to the Follow-Ups and Referrals section of the CareGuide selected.
 +
If set to '''Instructions''' the display opens to the Instructions section of the CareGuide selected.
 +
If set to '''Medications''' the display opens to the Medications section of the CareGuide selected.
 +
If set to '''Orders''' the display opens to the Orders section of the CareGuide selected.
 +
   
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All</li><li>Follow-Up and Referrals</li><li>Instructions</li><li>Medications</li><li>Orders
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Days Before Instruction Expiration Date To Consider Near Due'''
+
'''CED (Subkey:CVE View Default)
* This Value is a number representing number of days.  This tells the system when incomplete instructions should show as near due on the patient's chart. 
+
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
 
 
    Available Options:  0-99
 
    Recommended Setting: 14
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
 
 
 
'''Days Before Scheduled Order Expiration Date to Consider Near Due'''
 
*  This Value is a number representing number of days.  This tells the system when incomplete or scheduled Orders should show as near due on the patient's chart.
 
  
    Available Options:  0-99
+
Determines C-CDA document sections that are displayed when an imported clinical exchange document (CED) is displayed in Document Viewer.
    Recommended Setting: 14
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
  
'''Default Entering For Provider ID'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
*  This value specifies the default provider ID that should default into fields such as the Ordering Provider on medications or Orders within the system.  This is primarily used for non-provider users that support a specific physician.  For example, if an MA always works for Dr. Smith, they would want to set this within their personalize options so it would pre-populate and default properly. This is typically a setting that should be shown to users during training.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Configured custom views found in Clinical View Engine View in '''TW Admin>Document Admin'''
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
|}
  
    Available Options: Any entry in the Provider Dictionary
+
*Note: CED (Subkey: CVE Interactive View Service API key) and CED (Subkey: CVE Interactive Viewer Service URL) must be configured.
    Recommended Setting: Blank 
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, this is on by default.
 
  
'''Default Patient Profile Section'''  
+
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification'''
*  Note: New in v11.4.1
 
*  Use the DefaultPatientProfileSection preference to select the section that is displayed by default when you open Patient Profile Dialog.
 
The value for this preference determines the section that is displayed expanded at the top
 
of Patient Profile Dialog when you open the page.
 
  
* You can open Patient Profile Dialog from different areas in the application.
+
If set to '''Y''' then a Verify CCR task is generated for the specified user. This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the document before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart. The task routing is based on the 'Clinical Exchange Documents Verification Routing' preference setting.
::Click on the patient banner or Note Authoring workspace (NAW).
 
::Click the Patient Profile button on Daily Schedule or Provider Schedules.  
 
  
      Available Options:  'Clinical Information', 'Demographics', 'Patient Prefered Communication',
+
If set to '''N''', the CED document would be imported and would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart.
                          Community Information', 'Employer/Contact', 'Insurance', 'Rx Benefit Plan',
 
                          'Pharmacy', 'Patient Care Team'
 
      Recommended Setting: Demographics         
 
      Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
      User Can Override:  Yes, this is on by default.
 
  
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Default Specialty ID'''
+
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification Routing'''
*  This value specifies a non-provider's default specialty.  This is best used as a personal setting from within the UI and should be shown to end users during training.  This setting will default the specialty for a user in certain areas of the product that are driven by specialty such as the note selector, ACI specialty favorites, and flowsheets.  Providers usually have their specialty specified in the provider dictionary and do not need to utilize this preference. 
 
  
    Available Options:  Any entry in the Specialty Dictionary
+
* Specifies the routing of tasks Clinical Exchange Documents.  
    Recommended Setting: Caution -Blank for user/providers (adverse affect of their favorites if not left blank),
 
    Users can populate as needed, but the recommended setting is still "Blank"
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, this is on by default.
 
  
'''Default Supervising Provider ID'''
+
*  If set to 'Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient first, if the system can't make a match or if the recipient isn't defined as a user, it will attempt to assign the task the PCP defined for the patient.  If the PCP isn't defined or is not setup as a user, the task would then be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
This value specifies the default supervising physician for users that require supervision with OrdersThis should be shown during training and is best when set on a personal level.
+
 +
If set to 'Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipientIF the system can't make a match or the recipient isn't setup as a user, the task will get assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
  
    Available Options: Any entry in the Provider Dictionary
+
* If set to 'PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the PCP first.  If the patient does not have a PCP defined or the PCP is not setup as a user, the system will assign the task to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
    Recommended Setting: Blank
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, this is on by default. 
 
 
 
'''Default to QuickList Favorites'''
 
*When set to 'Y', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users QuickList as they use them.  This includes meds, allergies, orders, and problems.
 
*When set to 'N', items will not be added to a users QuickList unless they manually add it.
 
   
 
    Available Options:  'Y' or 'N'
 
    Recommended Setting:  'N'
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  This is on by default
 
  
 +
*  If set to 'Clinical Exchange Document Team' the task will be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
 +
     
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team </li><li>Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>Clinical Exchange Document Team
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
''''Derive Billing Indicators From'''
+
'''ClinEGuide Credentials (User|Pwd)'''
 
+
*  This is a free text field which would hold the username and password for integration with the [http://www.clineguide.com/marketing/ContentPage.aspx Wolters Kluwer Clin-Eguide]If a value is provided, an icon will appear on the v11 toolbar that looks like an open book.  If user selects the book, it will launch an Internet Explorer session which brings the user to the Clin-eguide home pageThe credentials are passed with the action and will log them into the site if valid.   
*'''NOTE: Added in 11.4'''
 
 
 
*  This is a numeric value between 0-40.  This defines how to determine when a problem is billable.
 
  This preference applies only if Charge is installed.
 
    Available Options:  Numeric Value between 0-40
 
    Recommended Setting:  N/A
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise
 
    User Can Override:  No
 
 
 
 
 
'''Dictionary Cache'''
 
* This setting is looking for a numeric value, but should be left alone. This is a development setting and is not intended to be used unless instructed otherwise.
 
 
 
    Available Options:  Numeric Value
 
    Recommended Setting:  Do not change
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
 
 
'''Dictionary Edit Max Count'''
 
*  This setting should be a value between 100 and 1000.  This determines how many rows will be visible in a dictionary grid before the dictionary automatically goes into search mode.
 
 
 
    Available Options:  Numeric Value between 100 and 1000
 
    Recommended Setting:  1000
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
 
 
'''Directives Editable'''
 
*  If set to 'Y' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be editable.  This would be set to 'Y' if you want users to document patient directives in the UI.
 
*  If set to 'N' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be viewable only.  This would be set to 'N' if you do not want users to document or edit this or if this value is populated through the registration interface. 
 
   
 
    Available Options:  'Y' or 'N'
 
    Recommended Setting: 
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
 
 
'''Display <R> in Patient Banner for Restricted Documents''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
* If set to 'Y' the system will display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.  
 
* If set to 'N' the system will not display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.  
 
 
 
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
 
    Recommended Setting:
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise,Organization
 
    User Can Override: N/A
 
 
 
'''Display Future Encounters in selector X days in the future'''
 
* This is a numeric value which specifies how far in the future pending appointments are shown in the encounter selector.  In most workflows, users will be working on an arrived appointment for the current day.  If there are workflows that require people to prepare for a future appointment and begin documenting on encounters before the arrival occurs, this setting would allow those encounters to display and be selectable. It is advised that this be set to 1 to avoid any issues if the scheduling interface was to go down.  If appointments can't be arrived in the system due to interface issue, this would allow end users the ability to complete their work on pending appointments until the issues are resolved. 
 
 
 
    Available Options:  Numeric Value between 0-99
 
    Recommended Setting:  1
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
 
 
'''DisplayPatientPicture''' - Refer to the [[Patient Photo in Patient Profile Workflow]]
 
*  If set to 'Y', this would display the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screenThis also allows the ability to upload pictures. 
 
*  If set to 'N', this would hide the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen and would disable the ability to upload pictures.
 
 
 
    Available Options:  'Y' or 'N'
 
    Recommended Setting: 
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override:  No, this is off and enforced
 
 
 
'''Double Click Action'''
 
*  If set to "View" this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in view mode.
 
* If set to "Edit" this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in edit mode.
 
 
 
    Available Options:  'View' or 'Edit'
 
    Recommended Setting:  'View'
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, this is on by default and should be shown during training.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
'''DownloadChartLocal(previously CakeVirtualDirectory)'''
 
 
 
'''*NOTE: Added of 11.4.1 HF1'''
 
 
 
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information ragrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.
 
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,383: Line 1,300:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DownloadChartLocal
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Community/Automatic CED Submittal:'''
  
'''Due Date or Start Date for Newly Added Bulk Enrollment'''
+
Allows organizations to automatically submit CEDs, after a patient chart is updated, to a patient-designated community to which the organization shares information.
  
Allows users to choose to use either the Start Date or Due Date for newly added bulk enrollment order reminders.
+
If Set to '''Y''' CED's will automatically be sent.
*Start Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment
+
If set to '''N''' CED's will not automatically be sent.
*Due Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment   
+
 
   
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Available Options: 'Due Date' or 'Start Date'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Recommended Setting:  
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise only
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Enable Allergy Verification''' - Refer to [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]
+
'''Community/Patient Data Sharing Security:'''  
*  If set to 'Y' the system would generate verification tasks for providers when allergies are entered by non-provider users. In this setting a newly entered allergy will remain in a unverified mode until verified by a provider.  This is important for JCAHO accreditation.
 
*  If set to 'N' the system will add allergies to the patient's allergy list in a completed status without verification from a provider.
 
  
     Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
Allows the organization to determine by default whether or not all patients in the EHR will participate in the community data sharing.
    Recommended Setting: 'N'
+
*Default Value: Opt-In
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
+
NOTE: at request of the patient the organization can override this option within the Patient Profile.
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
      
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Opt-In<ul></li><li>Opt-Out
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Opt-In
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
  
 +
'''Create Future Encounter''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
'''Enable E-Prescribe G Code Alert''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
Allows the creation of future encounters
 +
If set to 'Y' this will allow users to create documentation on a future encounter
 +
If set to 'N' this will not allow users to create documentation on a future encounter
  
For 2009, to be a "successful e-prescriber", a provider must report the e-prescribing quality measure through their Medicare Part B claims on at least 50% of applicable cases during the reporting year.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
* If set to 'Y' a reminder will be added to the Encounter Summary for all Medicare patients that an e-Prescribing G-Code may be appropriate for this encounter. This is a reminder to the facility that they need to manually add the G-Code to their Encounter Form. This ensures all prescriptions should count towards the qualifications necessary to be seen as a "successful e-prescriber."
+
'''Create Overdue Reminder Task:'''
* If set to 'N' no reminder will appear.
+
This determines whenther an overdue Reminder task is generated automatically to the Planned By provider when a health management reminder is overdue.  
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: 'Y'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override:  Optional
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
'''Enable MSHV''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
|-
 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
Determines whether or not the HealthVault specific settings should be available on the patient profile dialog.
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
* If set to 'Y' the Health specific settings shodul display on the patient profile dialog and allow for a patient to be linked to their HealthVault account. 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
* If set to 'N' then patient accounts cannot be linked to HealthVault.
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
Note: Enterprise EHR usres should also not have the ability to import or export CEDs from MS HealthVault if this preference is set to N
+
|}
   
 
      Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
 
      Default Setting: 'N'
 
      Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
      User Can Override: N/A
 
     
 
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Daily'''
 
  
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Daily Schedule. Setting Y allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.
+
'''CSDefaultReasonForVisitNoteSection '''
     
 
      Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
 
      Default Setting: 'N'
 
      Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
      User Can Override: Allowed
 
  
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Provider'''
+
*NOTE: Added in 11.2
  
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Provider Schedule. Setting Y allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.
+
*The preference enables you to define the information that should cite into the Reason for Visit section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
     
+
      Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
      Default Setting: 'N'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
      Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
      User Can Override: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Reason for Visit<ul></li><li>Chief Complaint<ul></li><li>None
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Reason for Visit
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
'''Encounter Selection from Worklist'''
+
'''CSDefaultTreatmentPlanNoteSection'''
* When set to 'Encounter Selector'
 
* When set to 'Create New Encounter'
 
  
    Available Options: 'Encounter Selector' or 'Create New Encounter'
+
*NOTE: Added in 11.2
    Recommended Setting:
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  Optional
 
  
'''Encounter Type for Worklist'''
+
*Enables the definition of the information that should cite into the Treatment Plan section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type.  This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
  
This preference previously only applied to results.  Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a use is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Discussion Summary<ul></li><li>Orders(V10 Note Only)<ul></li><li>Couseling<ul></li><li>None
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Plan
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
    Available Options: Active entries in the Encounter Type dictionary
+
'''CSIncludeProblemSection'''
    Recommended Setting: Chart Update
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  Optional
 
  
'''Encounter Summary Always Print Medication Profile''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
*Defines if information from the Problems Section is displayed in the clinical summaries inical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type.  This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
  
Encounter Summary: Always print medication profile
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
'''CSIncludeReasoninMedicationSection'''
    Default Setting: 'N'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override: Optional
 
  
'''EncounterSummaryAlwaysProvideClinicalSummary:''' Encounter Summary: Always Provide Clinical Summary
+
'''*NOTE: Removed in 11.4.1'''
*Default Value: Y
 
  Options:
 
  1. Y (Allow)
 
  2. N (Do Not Allow)
 
  
'''Encounter Summary Default View'''
+
'''Days Before Instruction Expiration Date To Consider Near Due'''
When set to 'Type' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by type (orders, problems, etc.)
+
This Value is a number representing number of daysThis tells the system when incomplete instructions should show as near due on the patient's chart.   
* When set to 'Problem' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by their associated problem.   
 
  
    Available Options: 'Type' or 'Problem'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: 'Problem'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes, this is on by default and should be shown during training.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
 +
|}
  
'''Encounter Summary Password Required on Save'''
+
'''Days Before Scheduled Order Expiration Date to Consider Near Due'''
If set to 'Y' the user must enter their password when saving the Encounter Summary
+
This Value is a number representing number of days.  This tells the system when incomplete or scheduled Orders should show as near due on the patient's chart.
*  If set to 'N' the user does not need to enter their password when saving the encounter summary.
 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: 'N'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
 +
|}
  
'''Encounter Summary Review Before Save'''
+
'''Default Entering For Provider ID'''
*If set to 'Y', the encounter summary will appear when a user hits the commit button or leaves the patient's chart.  This acts as a review process prior to committing the data.   
+
* This value specifies the default provider ID that should default into fields such as the Ordering Provider on medications or Orders within the system.  This is primarily used for non-provider users that support a specific providerFor example, if an MA always works for Dr. Smith, they would want to set this within their personalize options so it would pre-populate and default properly. This is typically a setting that should be shown to users during training.
*  If set to 'N', the Encounter Summary will not appear when a user hits the commit button or leaves the patient's chart. This will commit the data without the chance to review it.  
+
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any entry from Provider Dictionary
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes, by Default
 +
|}
  
    Available Options:  'Y' or 'N'
+
'''Default Clinical Summary Document'''  
    Recommended Setting: 'Y'
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, this is selected by default and should be shown in training
 
  
'''Enterprise Emergency Telephone Number'''
+
Used to determine the default clinical summary document to use when printing a clinical summary when no structured clinical summary was created. This applies to the clinical summary templates found in CCDA Template Adminit only applies when the Patient Preferred Communication Method for Clinical Summary is set to Print of Patien Portal and Print within the Patient Profile.
*  This is a free text value designed to house the emergency telephone number for an EnterpriseThis is displayed when printing patient instructions.
 
  
    Available Options: Free Text
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: '911'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CED<ul></li><li>RTF<ul></li><li>CCDA
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|CCDA
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''EthnicityEditable:''' Ethnicity Editable
+
'''Default Patient Profile Section'''  
 +
*  Note: New in v11.4.1
 +
*  The value set determines the section that is displayed expanded at the top of Patient Profile Dialog when opened.
  
Enables organizations to allow users to edit the Ethnicity from within the Patient Profile.
+
*  The Patient Profile Dialog can be opened from different areas in the application. Select from the patient banner, Note Authoring workspace(NAW), or from the Patient Profile icon on the Daily Schedule or Provider Schedules.  
NOTE: The PMS is NOT updated with this is done
 
*Default Value: N
 
  Options:
 
  1. Y (Allow)
 
  2. N (Do Not Allow)
 
  
'''ExceptionDetailsPassword:''' Exception Details Password
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
*Default Value: Blank
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
  This field sets the password that must be entered to see the details of an error. If left blank, anyone can click the detail
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
  button to see the actual data the error message contains without having to enter a password.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Clinical Information<ul></li><li>Demographics<ul></li><li>Patient Preferred Communication<ul></li><li>Community Information<ul></li><li>Employer/Contact<ul></li><li>Insurance<ul></li><li>Rx Benefit Plan<ul></li><li>Pharmacy<ul></li><li>Patient Care Team
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Demographics
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
 +
       
 +
'''Default Specialty ID'''
 +
* This value specifies a non-provider's default specialty.  This is best used as a personal setting from within the UI and should be shown to end users during training.  This setting will default the specialty for a user in certain areas of the product that are driven by specialty such as the note selector, ACI specialty favorites, and flowsheets.  Providers usually have their specialty specified in the provider dictionary and do not need to utilize this preference.  
  
'''Fax Maximum Pages''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Valid Values from Specialty Dictionary
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
Maximum number of pages (estimated) allowed in a chart fax
+
'''Default Supervising Provider ID'''
* This is a numeric field
+
* This value specifies the default supervising provider for users that require supervision with Orders.  This should be shown during training and is best when set on a personal level. 
 +
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Entry from the Provider Dictionary
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
     Available Options: Free Text Numeric Field
+
'''Default to QuickList Favorites'''
    Recommended Setting:
+
*If set to 'Y', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users QuickList as they use them.  This includes meds, allergies, orders, and problems.
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
*If set to 'N', items will not be added to a users QuickList unless they manually add it.
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
      
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No  
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
'''Fax Warning Type''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
  
Determines the type of warning users receive when exceeding the maximum number of pages to be faxed.
+
'''Derive Billing Indicators From'''
  
    Available Options: Block Fax, Disabled, Warn User
+
*NOTE: Added in 11.4
    Recommended Setting:
+
* This defines how to determine when a problem is billable and only applies if the Charge Module is installed.
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
 
  
'''HideClinicalToolbarUponLogin''' - * Note: Added in v11.2.2
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management and Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Practice Management and Enterprise
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
  
*Determines whether or not the floating clinical toolbar is displayed. This affects workspaces such as the Daily Schedule and Task List.
+
'''Derive Entering For From'''
*http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/05/17/tipsfromtheehr_hideclinicaltoolbar/ Galen Blog article with more information]
+
* This setting allows Point of Care Recommendations to be visible to a user who is not the provider, such as a Nurse Case Manager who may enter recommendation information on behalf of a provider.
  
    Available Options: Y or N
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Default Setting: N
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available Otherwise Entering For Preference<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Otherwise from Current Encounter<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Only<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available otherwise Entering For
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Derive from Current Encounter Only
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
  
'''ImportNIMedAllergiesBasedonCustomSCMMapping'''
+
'''Dictionary Cache'''
 +
* This preference is no longer used.  However in earlier versions this setting was looking for a numeric value, but should be left alone.  This is a development setting and is not intended to be used unless instructed otherwise.
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.4'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DO NOT CHANGE
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
 +
|}
  
*Imports Native Integration medication allergies based on custom Sunrise Clinical
+
'''Dictionary Edit'''
Manager™ mapping. If the preference is enabled, imported medication allergies will be
+
* This setting should be a value between 100 and 10,000. This determines how many rows will be visible in a dictionary grid before the dictionary automatically goes into search mode.
displayed by the medication name in the Allergies component of Clinical Desktop.
 
   
 
    Available Options: Y or N
 
    Default Setting: N
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise
 
    User Can Override: N
 
  
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value between min.100- max.1000
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|10,000
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Info Button Access'''
+
'''Directives Editable'''
Note: New in v11.4.1
+
If set to '''Y''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be editableThis would be set to 'Y' if you want users to document patient directives in the UI.
*  The InfoButton Access preference enables users to request clinical reference resources from Allscripts Enterprise EHR.
+
If set to '''N''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be viewable only.  This would be set to 'N' if you do not want users to document or edit this or if this value is populated through the registration interface.
 
+
   
'Y' Enables users to request clinical reference resources using the InfoButton icon, which is displayed in various areas of the application.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
:::'''Important''': You should not enable this preference for users that are not subscribed to  Clinical Reference Resources in Allscripts Subscription Manager.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
* 'N' When set to 'N' the InfoButton is not visable. All users are unable to request Clinical Reference Resources.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
    Available Options:  'Y' or 'N' (Blank setting functions same a selecting 'N')
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
    Prerequisite: Subscribed to Clinical Reference Resources in Allscripts Subscription Manager.
+
|-
                  Otherwise recommended setting is 'N'.
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization.     
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
    User Can Override: 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
'''Language Editable'''
+
|}
*  When set to 'Y', this allows users to edit the patient language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen.  This allows users to specify the patient's primary language within Touchworks EHR.
 
*  When set to 'N', this will only allow users to view the patient's primary language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen.  This is usually the preferred setting when this value is populated by the registration interface or if an organization prefers not to capture this information.
 
 
 
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
 
    Recommended Setting: 'N'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
 
  
'''List of Order Statuses to be Included in Medication Export'''   *New in v11.4.1
+
'''Display <R> in Patient Banner for Restricted Documents'''  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the system will display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.
 +
* If set to '''N''' the system will not display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.  
  
This preference determines what order statuses are used when exporting a medication to organizations configured with Native Integration.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
*  When set to 'Active', this will display only active medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
*  When set to 'Complete', this will display the complete list of medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
    Available Options: 'Active' or 'Complete'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
    Recommended Setting: 'Active'
+
|-
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
    User Can Override: Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Mask SSN in Reports, Patient Search, & Patient Profile'''
+
'''Display Future Encounters in selector X days in the future'''
When set to 'Y', this will hide the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
+
This is a numeric value which specifies how far in the future pending appointments are shown in the encounter selector.  In most workflows, users will be working on an arrived appointment for the current dayIf there are workflows that require people to prepare for a future appointment and begin documenting on encounters before the arrival occurs, this setting would allow those encounters to display and be selectable. It is advised that this be set to 1 to avoid any issues if the scheduling interface was to go down.  If appointments can't be arrived in the system due to interface issue, this would allow end users the ability to complete their work on pending appointments until the issues are resolved.
* When set to 'N', this will allow users to see the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: 'Y'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number between 0-99
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| 1
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Max # of Providers for All Provider View'''
+
'''DisplayPatientPicture'''  
This is a numeric value between 0-40.  This specifies the maximum number of providers a user can add to the All Provider viewThis is defined on the Daily Schedule within the personalize options.
+
Refer to the [[Patient Photo in Patient Profile Workflow]]
 +
If set to '''Y''', this would display the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen.  This also allows the ability to upload pictures.   
 +
*  If set to '''N''', this would hide the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen and would disable the ability to upload pictures.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
  
    Available Options: Numeric Value between 0-40
+
'''Double Click Action'''
    Recommended Setting: N/A
+
*  If set to '''View''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in view mode.
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise
+
*  If set to '''Edit''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in edit mode.
    User Can Override: No
+
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>View<ul></li><li>Edit
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| View
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
'''Maximum Number of Seconds to allow for Worklist Load'''
+
'''DownloadChartLocal(previously CakeVirtualDirectory)'''
* This is a numeric value that represents the maximum number of seconds that the WorkList is allowed to consume before timing out.  This setting is put into place to prevent any long term lock ups for a WorkList view that are improperly defined and potentially hindering system performance.  In most cases, if the view is defined properly, this setting should have no merit.  
+
*Removed in 11.4. Note that Allscripts Referral Network has been replaced by Allscripts Direct Messaging, and the Stimulus Set Portal has changed to the Allscripts Analytics Portal.
  
 +
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information regrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.
 +
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
  
    Available Options: Numeric Value  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: 30
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DownloadChartLocal
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Minimum # of Hours to Keep Patient Site Location and Encounter Status'''
+
'''Due Date or Start Date for Newly Added Bulk Enrollment'''  
* This is a numeric value that establishes the length of time that the patient location and encounter status will be stored.  This time frame is based on the last update of either of the fields.  For example, if this is set to 1 hour, this information would be cleared 1 hour after the last update to the patient location or encounter status.  This is cleared out to ensure it is reset for the patients next visit. 
+
Allows users to choose to use either use the Start Date or Due Date for newly added bulk enrollment order reminders.
 +
*Start Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment
 +
*Due Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment   
  
     Available Options:  Numeric value between 1-99
+
      
    Recommended Value: 2
+
'''Enable Allergy Verification'''
    Available on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
Refer to [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]
    User Can Override? No, This is off and enforced
+
* If set to '''Y''' the system would generate verification tasks for providers when allergies are entered by non-provider users. In this setting a newly entered allergy will remain in a unverified mode until verified by a provider. This is important for JCAHO accreditation.
 +
* If set to '''N''' the system will add allergies to the patient's allergy list in a completed status without verification from a provider.
  
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
 +
  
 +
'''Enable E-Prescribe G Code Alert''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
'''MRNForCommunityPatientIdentification'''
+
For 2009, to be a "successful e-prescriber", a provider must report the e-prescribing quality measure through their Medicare Part B claims on at least 50% of applicable cases during the reporting year.  
*  This is a numeric value that establishes the length of time that the patient location and encounter status will be stored.  This time frame is based on the last update of either of the fields.  For example, if this is set to 1 hour, this information would be cleared 1 hour after the last update to the patient location or encounter status.  This is cleared out to ensure it is reset for the patients next visit.
 
  
    Available Options:  Numeric value between 1-99
+
* If set to '''Y''' a reminder will be added to the Encounter Summary for all Medicare patients that an e-Prescribing G-Code may be appropriate for this encounter. This is a reminder to the facility that they need to manually add the G-Code to their Encounter Form. This ensures all prescriptions should count towards the qualifications necessary to be seen as a "successful e-prescriber."
    Recommended Value:  2
+
* If set to '''N''' no reminder will appear.
    Available on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override?  No, This is off and enforced
 
  
'''Native Integration Auto Import Hospital Notifications'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Auto Import Discharge Summary.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
Enables organizations to choose whether to automatically import discharge summary or notification of admission documents into the patient's chart from a trusted source through Native Integration. The preference is not enforced.
+
'''Enable eCoupon at Point of Prescribing'''
 +
* NOTE: Added in V17.1
  
* 'Y'-  when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application inserts the document into the patient's chart.
+
Allows organizations to search for and display eCoupons for a medication in context.
* 'N'-  when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted or untrusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application does not insert the document into the patient's chart, but it can be viewed on '''Native Integration Document Viewer''' and manually imported.
+
* If set to '''Yes''' applicable coupons are displayed for the medication in context.
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
* If set to '''No''' applicable coupons will not display for medication in context.
    Defaulted Setting: Y
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: N/A
 
  
'''Native Integration Auto Reconcile Data'''  * Note: New in v11.4.1
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></l><li>Select All Sites|</l><li>Individual sites associated with the organization
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not selected
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
  
This preference enables organizations to choose whether or not to attempt to automatically reconcile problem, allergy, medication, and immunization (PAMI) data for trusted sites through Native Integration.
+
'''Enable CS on Schedule Daily'''
 
* 'Y'-  when PAMI data is received from a trusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then attempts to insert it in the patient's chart if appropriate.
 
* 'N'-  when PAMI data is received from a trusted or untrusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then adds the item to the patient's unverified items list if appropriate.
 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Daily Schedule.
    Defaulted Setting: N
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: N/A
 
  
'''Native Integration Automatic ICD-9 Duplication Into Potential Duplicates''' * Note: New in v11.4.1
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
Used by the application when importing Native Integration problem items into Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. Imported problem items that have existing matching ICD-9 codes in the patient's chart are identified as potential duplicates.
+
'''Enable CS on Schedule Provider'''
 
* 'Y'-  imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are identified as a potential duplicate only if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart.
 
* 'N'-  imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are subject to normal duplicate checking and added to the patient's chart, if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart and has enough supporting data to conclude that it is a different item. Otherwise, the problem item is treated as a potential duplicate.
 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Provider Schedule.
    Defaulted Setting: N
+
     
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    User Can Override: N/A
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
'''Native Integration Configured'''   * Note: New in v11.4.1
+
'''Enable MSHV'''  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
This preference enables organizations to determine whether patient data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to and from Native Integration.
+
Determines whether or not the HealthVault specific settings should be available on the patient profile dialog.  
+
* If set to '''Y''' the Health specific settings shodul display on the patient profile dialog and allow for a patient to be linked to their HealthVault account.
* 'Y'-  data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR through Native Integration.
+
* If set to '''N''' then patient accounts cannot be linked to HealthVault.
* 'N'-  data does not move in and out.
+
Note: Enterprise EHR users should also not have the ability to import or export CEDs from MS HealthVault if this preference is set to '''N'''.
 +
   
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
    prevents a patient's problem data from being exported by way of
+
     
Allscripts Data Exchange (ADX), if the Last Assessed Date is equal to or before the date
+
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Daily'''
specified in the preference value.'''Native Integration Request Pool Interval'''   *NOTE: Added in 11.4'''
 
  
*  For versions prior to 11.4, see ADXRequestPoolInterval.
+
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Daily Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.
 +
     
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
 +
     
 +
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Provider'''
  
This preference sets the number of minutes the application waits after making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another call for the same patient. This preference is useful when you are switching back and forth between patients.
+
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Provider Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.
  
    Valid Values: Integer
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Defaulted Setting: None
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization/System
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
     User Can Override: Personalize
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
 +
      
 +
'''Encounter Selection from Worklist'''
  
'''Native Integration Restrict Medications based on Past Number of Days'''    *NOTE: Added in 11.4.1'''
+
This preference previously only applied to results.  Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.
  
This preference preference designates which medications are imported through Native Integration based on the prior number of days before the current date.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
:::For example, if you enter 30 as the preference value, only medication items 30 days prior to the current date are imported. If the value is blank (default) or if you enter 0, all medications are imported though Native Integration, despite the associated date.
+
'''Encounter Type for Worklist'''
  
    Valid Values: 0-500
+
This preference previously only applied to results.  Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.
    Defaulted Setting: Blank Value
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: N/A
 
  
'''Native Integration Review Hospital Notifications Task Assignments'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Discharge Summary Task Notification
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
This preference determines who receives notification when a patient's discharge summary or notification of admission document is imported through Native Integration.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
* '''Review Hospital Notification Team'''-  The task is displayed on '''Review Hospital Notification Team''' task list if the patient is not assigned to a provider. Team members with access to this task list can view the task.
+
'''Encounter Summary Always Edit Clinical Summary'''
 +
Determines whether the Edit Clinical Summary option is enabled on the Encounter Summary and whether ir is selected by default. This preference works in conjuction with Encounter Summary Always Provide Clinical Summary preference.  
  
* '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team'''- Select the '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team''' preference value to display the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task on the task list for the patient's provider.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
* '''No Notification'''- Select the '''No Notification''' preference value so that the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task is not created and does not display on the task list.
+
'''Encounter Summary Always Print Medication Profile'''  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
+
Allows organization to determine whether the patient's medication profile must always be printed.
    Available Options: 1.Review Hospital Notification Team 
 
                        2.PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team
 
                        3.No Notification
 
    Defaulted Setting: PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: N/A
 
  
'''Normative Growth Chart in Units''' *  Moved to HMP Preferences
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul>
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
 +
'''EncounterSummaryAlwaysProvideClinicalSummary:'''
 +
Allows organizations to define if the Provide Clinical Summary option on the Encounter Summary is enabled and selected by default. 
 +
* When set to '''Disabled''' then the checkbox is unchecked and greyed out (unavailable).
 +
* When set to '''Y''' the checkbox is selected by default and can be cleared. 
 +
* When set to '''N''' the checkbox is not autopopulated and can be checked.
  
'''Only Export Problems via ADX After Last Assessed Date Specified'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>Disable
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.4'''
+
'''Encounter Summary Default View'''
 +
* When set to '''Type''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by type(orders, problems, etc.)
 +
*  When set to '''Problem''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by their associated problem. 
  
*  Prevents a patient's problem data from being exported by way of
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Allscripts Data Exchange (ADX), if the Last Assessed Date is equal to or before the date
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
specified in the preference value.  The default value for the preference is blank, meaning that no date is specified and exported problems are not restricted by the Problem.LastAssessedDTTM file.  If a date is specified as the preference value, only problems that have a Problem.LastAssessedDTTM greater than the date specified are exported. Problems
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or less than the date specified are restricted from export by way of ADX. For example, if you set the preference date value as 12/01/2012, all problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or before 12/01/2012 are restricted from export through ADX. Any problems exported after 12/01/2012 are exported.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Type<ul></li><li>Problem
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Problem
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
      Available Options: Date Specific
+
   
      Defaulted Setting: Blank
+
'''Encounter Summary Password Required on Save'''
      Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
*  If set to '''Y''' the user must enter their password when saving the Encounter Summary
      User Can Override: N/A
+
*  If set to '''N''' the user does not need to enter their password when saving the encounter summary.
  
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Encounter Summary Review Before Save'''
 +
*If set to '''Y''', the encounter summary will appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart.  This acts as a review process prior to committing the data. 
 +
*  If set to '''N''', the Encounter Summary will not appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart.  This will commit the data without the chance to review it.
  
'''Order Authentication Time-Out'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
*  This is a numeric value that determines the number of minutes before the system requires authentication since the last time they authenticated.  The system can be configured to ask for passwords when signing notes, prescribing medications, or committing the encounter summary.  If a user has entered their password within the allowed time frame defined by the setting, the user will not be required to enter their password.  Once the time period has passed, the user will need to enter their password to verify their access.  Setting this to 0 means that a user will need to enter their password once and their authentication session will not expire again during the session. 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Available Options: Numeric value from 0 – 99
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    Recommended Setting: 5
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
    Available on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
    User can override?  No, this is off an enforced
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
'''Patient MRN used for Communities'''
+
'''Enterprise Emergency Telephone Number'''
 +
*  This is a free text value designed to house the emergency telephone number for an Enterprise.  This is displayed when printing patient instructions. 
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* This preference gives multi-organization Community clients the ability to modify the method
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
used to identify a patient to be either the Org-specific or the global MRN (Org 0). This
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
preference is utilized only through Community-specific functions, for example: UAI
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
Community launch, CED generation, and PIX/ADT. Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ sends the
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
Enterprise/Organization level MRN to dbMotion for launching and patient identification in
+
|-
the Provider and Registration messages when filing a Clinical Exchange Document (CED).
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text
Any current integrations using UAI at the Org specific level are not affected by this setting
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|911
(for example, Prenatal and Medflow).
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
    Available Options: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
    Recommended Setting: Enterprise
+
|}
    Available on these levels:  Enterprise
 
    User can override?  No
 
 
 
 
 
'''Patient Portal Registration Level:''' Patient Portal Registration Level
 
  Options:
 
  1. Organization
 
  2. Provider
 
 
 
'''Patient Portal Send Chart on Patient Registration''' * Note: Added in v11.4.1
 
  
This preference determines whether
+
 
a Continuity of Care Document (CCD) in Consolidated Clinical Document Architecture
+
'''EthnicityEditable:''' Ethnicity Editable
(CCDA) format document is sent automatically to the patient's portal account when the
 
patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. The CCD-CCDA
 
document is included in the nightly '''Auto-Chart Export to Portal''' batch job.
 
* 'Y': A CCD-CCDA document is automatically sent to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™.
 
::The patient's '''Patient Preferred Communication''' setting for '''Chart Update''' must be set to '''Patient Portal''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for the CCD-CCDA document to be sent automatically. If the patient is not defined as an adolescent*. Chart Update is automatically set to Patient Portal when the registration is accepted.
 
::: *Adolescent is defined as: if the age of the patient does not fall within the age range set by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' and '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences
 
::If the patient is defined as an adolescent, '''Chart Update''' is automatically set to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' and the CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the portal when the registration is accepted.
 
* 'N': A CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the patient's portal account.
 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
Enables organizations to allow users to edit the Ethnicity from within the Patient Profile.
    Default Setting: 'Organization'
+
* NOTE: The PMS is NOT updated with this is done.
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override:
 
::(Additional: The application only sends the CCD-CCDA document the first time the patient's registration for portal is accepted. Therefore, if the patient was already registered for the portal with Provider A, and then requests to be registered with Provider B, the automatic export of the CCD-CCDA is not triggered a second time when that registration is accepted (or it is not triggered again if it is accepted by default because the Patient Portal Registration Level preference is set to Organization). Updates to the chart made after the registration is accepted but before the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job for that day is run are included in the automatically exported CCD-CCDA. Chart updates that occur after the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job is run on that day, however, would trigger automatic export of the CCD-CCDA document on the following day.)
 
  
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' *Note: Added in 11.4.1
+
'''ExceptionDetailsPassword:''' Exception Details Password
 +
*Default Value: Blank
 +
This field sets the password that must be entered to see the details of an error. If left blank, users can select the detail button to see the actual data the error message contains without having to enter a password.
  
This preference sets the upper end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' preference to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on Patient Profile Dialog. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
::This preference must be set to a number that is higher than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears preference'''.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Available Options: Numeric value from 0 – 99
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    Default Value: 18
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
    Available on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
    User can override? 
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enter Preferred Password"|<ul></li><li>Leave Blank
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
 +
'''Fax Maximum Pages'''
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears'''  *Note: Added in 11.4.1
+
Allows organization to set the maximum number of pages allowed when faxing chart items.
 +
* This is a numeric field
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Field
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}         
  
This preference sets the lower end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for patients whose age falls in the defined range. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.
+
'''Fax Warning Type'''  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
::This preference must be set to a number that is lower than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preference.
+
Determines the type of warning users receive when exceeding the maximum number of pages to be faxed.
    Available Options:  Numeric value from 0 – 99
 
    Default Value: 12
 
    Available on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
 
    User can override? 
 
  
'''Patient Portal Auto Block Export Adol Age Range''' * Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
This preference is used to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences. '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' applies only to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and only affects patients actively registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Block Fax<ul></li><li>Disabled<ul></li><li>Warn User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn User
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
* 'Y' setting will activate a night job that automatically updates all of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' for patients within the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences.
+
'''HideClinicalToolbarUponLogin''' - * Note: Added in v11.2.2
:: The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings include Clinical Summary, Reminders, Chart Update, and Result Notification.  
 
The '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' option blocks automatic exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™.  
 
  
* 'N' if set to N, the patient is registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™, and if any of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings are set to '''Patient Portal or Patient Portal & Print''', exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™ are not blocked. The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings can be set manually to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' to block automatic exports to Allscripts Patient Portal™ if necessary.
+
*Determines whether or not the floating clinical toolbar is displayed. This affects workspaces such as the Daily Schedule and Task List.
 +
*http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/05/17/tipsfromtheehr_hideclinicaltoolbar/ Galen Blog article with more information]
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Defaulted Setting: N
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: N/A
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
:::'''LEGAL CONSIDERATION''' In some cases, you might need to block the automatic export of an adolescent patient's clinical data to the portal. In some cases, this might be a legal requirement because of state or local laws regarding guardian access to the patient's health record.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''ImportNIMedAllergiesBasedonCustomSCMMapping'''
  
 +
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
  
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Encounter Status'''
+
*Imports Native Integration medication allergies based on custom Sunrise Clinical
If set to 'Y', this will enable this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.
+
Manager™ mapping. If the preference is enabled, imported medication allergies will be
*  If set to 'N', the drop down box on the patient toolbar will be disabled, but still visible.
+
displayed by the medication name in the Allergies component of Clinical Desktop.
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: 'Y'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
         
 +
'''Info Button Access'''
 +
* Note: New in v11.4.1
 +
Enables users to request clinical reference resources from Allscripts Enterprise EHR.
 +
*'''Important Prerequisite''': Do not enable this preference for users that are not subscribed to Clinical Reference Resources in Allscripts Subscription Manager.
  
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Site Location'''
+
* '''Y''' enables users to request clinical reference resources using the InfoButton icon, which is displayed in various areas of the application.
*  If set to 'Y', this will enable this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.  
+
* '''N''' makes the InfoButton not visable, and all users are unable to request Clinical Reference Resources.
* If set to 'N', the drop down box on the patient toolbar will be disabled, but still visible.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    Recommended Setting: 'Y'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
|-
 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
'''PCPEditable''' - * Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|'''See Prerequisite'''
* Determines if a user can edit the PCP field in the Patient Profile dialog.
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
* http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/07/25/tips-from-the-ehr-new-pcp-field-preferences/ - Galen Blog article with more details.
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
    Available Options:  'Y' or 'N'
+
'''Language Editable'''
    Recommended Setting: 'Y'
+
*  When set to '''Y''', this allows users to edit the patient language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen. This allows users to specify the patient's primary language within Touchworks EHR.
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
* When set to '''N''', this will only allow users to view the patient's primary language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen.  This is usually the preferred setting when this value is populated by the registration interface or if an organization prefers not to capture this information.
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
 
  
'''PCPDefaultSearch''' - * Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Determines how the default search for the PCP (primary
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
care physician) box in the Demographics section of Patient Profile Dialog is set. You
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
can set the preference to default the search to either the Provider or Referring Provider
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
dictionaries when selecting an entry for PCP.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
       
 +
'''List of Order Statuses to be Included in Medication Export'''  
 +
* New in v11.4.1
  
    Available Options: Provider, Referrig Provider
+
This preference determines what order statuses are used when exporting a medication to organizations configured with Native Integration.
    Recommended Setting: Provider
+
* When set to '''Active''', this will display only active medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization
+
*  When set to '''Complete''', this will display the complete list of medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
    User Can Override:  No
 
  
'''Previously Discontinued (DC)For Patient'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
If set to 'Immediate' the user will be prompted with a warning if an order being added has been discontinued for that patient in the past.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
If set to 'Never' the user will not be warned of this condition.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active<ul></li><li>Complete
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Active
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Mask SSN in Reports, Patient Search, & Patient Profile'''
 +
When set to '''Y''', this will hide the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
 +
When set to '''N''', this will allow users to see the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
  
    Available Options: 'Immediate' or 'Never'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: 'Never'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
'''Print Patient Education Always'''
+
|-
*  If set to 'Always' the indicator on the encounter summary screen will be selected and printed anytime patient education is available whether it is part of a CareGuide or custom education materials added by the client.  This setting can be overridden on the encounter summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
*  If set to 'CareGuide Only', the indicator on the encounter summary screen will be selected and printed anytime patient education is available if included with the CareGuide.  This setting can be overridden on the Encounter Summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
    Available Options:  'Always' or 'CareGuide Only'
+
'''Max # of Providers for All Provider View'''
    Recommended Setting:  'Always'  
+
*  This is a numeric value between 0-40. This specifies the maximum number of providers a user can add to the All Provider view. This is defined on the Daily Schedule within the personalize options. 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override: Yes, this is an option, but not selected by default
 
  
'''Provider Selection limited to Favorites'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
*  If set to 'Y' the user or provider is limited to selecting a provider from their favorites list in the drop down.  The search field will be hidden and they are prevented from selecting other providers.  This is typically only used in a multi-org situation when it is not viable for users to see the entire list of providers. 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
*  If set to 'N' the user or provider has the ability to do a look-up against the entire provider dictionary. 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
    Recommended Setting: 'N'
+
|-
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value Between 0-40
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
'''PtCommunicationChartUpdateEditable''' * Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
  
The '''PtCommunicationChartUpdateEditable''' preference can enable you to edit or update a patient’s preferred method to receive chart updates.
+
'''Maximum Number of Seconds for Worklist Load'''
 +
*  This is a numeric value that represents the maximum number of seconds that the WorkList is allowed to consume before timing out.  This setting is put into place to prevent any long term lock ups for a WorkList view that are improperly defined and potentially hindering system performance.  In most cases, if the view is defined properly, this setting should have no merit.
 +
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Chart Update''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Chart Update''' unless the patient is registered for a patient portal, such as Allscripts Patient Portal™, powered by Medfusion®.
+
'''MedAdminRecord (MAR) PatientImageSource'''
::* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Chart Update'''.
 
  
::*Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered for the patient portal, '''Chart Update''' is disabled and displays '''Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.
+
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
  
* 'Y'- Chart Update is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates, if the patient is registered for the patient portal.
+
Allows organization to enter the URL of the web service that will return the patient image when the MRN is passed. The URL must end with an equal (=). A unique patient-specific number will be appended to the URL to read patient images. Patient images will be displayed in the MAR workspace and in the Patient Profile Dialog.
* 'N'- Chart Update is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates.
 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
'''MedAdminRecord (MAR) UpdatePatientPictureSource'''
    Defaulted Setting: Y
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: no
 
  
'''PtCommunicationClinSummariesEditable:''' Patient Communication Clinical Summaries Editable
+
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving Clinical Summaries
 
*Default Value: Y
 
  Options:
 
  1. Y (Allow)
 
  2. N (Do Not Allow)
 
  
'''PtCommunicationReminderEditable:''' Patient Communication Reminder Editable
+
Allows organization to determine if patient picture are uploaded from the MAR workspace.
  
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving reminders
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
*Default Value: Y
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
  Options:  
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
  1. Y (Allow)
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
  2. N (Do Not Allow)
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''PtCommunicationResultNotificationEditable''' * Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
'''Minimum # of Hours to Keep Patient Site Location and Encounter Status'''
 +
* This is a numeric value that establishes the length of time that the patient location and encounter status will be stored. This time frame is based on the last update of either of the fields. For example, if this is set to 1 hour, this information would be cleared 1 hour after the last update to the patient location or encounter status.  This is cleared out to ensure it is reset for the patients next visit. 
  
This preference can enable you to edit or update a patient’s preferred method to receive result notifications.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|1
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Result Notification''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Result Notification''' unless the patient is registered for the patient portal, such as Allscripts Patient Portal™, powered by Medfusion®.
+
'''Native Integration Auto Import Hospital Notifications'''
 +
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Auto Import Discharge Summary.
  
::* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Result Notification'''.
+
Enables organizations to choose whether to automatically import discharge summary or notification of admission documents into the patient's chart from a trusted source through Native Integration. The preference is not enforced.
  
::*Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered in a portal, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable and displays '''Mail - Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.
+
* '''Y'''-  when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application inserts the document into the patient's chart.
 +
* '''N'''-  when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted or untrusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application does not insert the document into the patient's chart, but it can be viewed on '''Native Integration Document Viewer''' and manually imported.
  
::*If the preference is set to '''Y''' and if the patient is only enrolled in a portal, such as Microsoft® HealthVault®, where patient-to provider-messaging between the patient health record (PHR) and Allscripts Enterprise EHR is not available, the '''Result Notification''' default is '''Mail'''. If the '''Mail''' entry in the '''Patient Communication''' dictionary is inactive, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable but still displays '''Mail''' as the default.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
::*If the preference is set to '''Y''' and if the patient, who is already enrolled in a portal where patient-to-provider messaging is not available, also is registered for another portal where the messaging is available, '''Result Notification''' is enabled and displays the default of '''Patient Portal'''.
+
'''Native Integration Auto Reconcile Data'''  
 +
* Note: New in v11.4.1
  
* 'Y'- '''Result Notification''' is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications, if the patient is registered in a patient portal.
+
This preference enables organizations to choose whether or not to attempt to automatically reconcile problem, allergy, medication, and immunization '''(PAMI)''' data for trusted sites through Native Integration.
 +
 +
* '''Y'''-   when PAMI data is received from a trusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then attempts to insert it in the patient's chart if appropriate.
 +
* '''N'''-  when PAMI data is received from a trusted or untrusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then adds the item to the patient's unverified items list if appropriate.
  
* 'N'- '''Result Notification''' is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
'''Native Integration Automatic ICD-9 Duplication Into Potential Duplicates'''  
    Defaulted Setting: Y
+
* Note: New in v11.4.1
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: no
 
  
'''RaceEditable:''' Race Editable
+
Used by the application when importing Native Integration problem items into Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. Imported problem items that have existing matching ICD-9 codes in the patient's chart are identified as potential duplicates.
 +
 +
* '''Y'''-  imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are identified as a potential duplicate only if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart.
 +
* '''N'''-  imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are subject to normal duplicate checking and added to the patient's chart, if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart and has enough supporting data to conclude that it is a different item. Otherwise, the problem item is treated as a potential duplicate.
  
Allows users to edit the Race box for patients from the Patient Profile page.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
NOTE: The PMS is not updated when this field is edited in the EHR.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
  Options:  
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
  1. Y (Allow)
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
  2. N (Do Not Allow)
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
 +
'''Native Integration Configured''' 
 +
* Note: New in v11.4.1
 +
This preference enables organizations to determine whether patient data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to and from Native Integration.
 +
 +
* '''Y'''-  data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR through Native Integration.
 +
* '''N'''-  data does not move in and out.
  
'''RequestMaxRetries'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.4'''
+
'''Native Integration Request Pool Interval'''   
 +
* NOTE: Added in v11.4
 +
* For versions prior to 11.4, see ADXRequestPoolInterval.
  
* Sets the maximum number of times the application will try to reconnect with the web server if a web exception is raised
+
This preference sets the number of minutes the application waits after making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another call for the same patient. This preference is useful when you are switching back and forth between patients.
while running a Safe to Retry stored procedure. If the number of retries exceeds the preference value, an exception is raised and an error message is displayed. The default value of the preference is 3.
 
*Note: The preference is only valid for a Safe to Retry stored procedure.
 
  
    Available Options: 1,2,3,4,5
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Defaulted Setting: 3
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: N/A
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
  
'''RequestTimeout'''
+
'''Native Integration Restrict Medications based on Past Number of Days'''  
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.4'''
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4.1
  
* Sets the timeout property in seconds for a web request object. The web request object waits for a response from the web server for the time period set by the preference. You use the preference to set the limit of the waiting time for the stored procedure to execute.
+
This preference preference designates which medications are imported through Native Integration based on the prior number of days before the current date.
  
    Available Options: 10,20,30,40,50,60,70,80,90,100,120 seconds
+
For example, if you enter 30 as the preference value, only medication items 30 days prior to the current date are imported. If the value is blank (default) or if you enter 0, all medications are imported though Native Integration, despite the associated date.
    Defaulted Setting: 60
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: N/A
 
  
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-500
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Value
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''ShowAndLogRequestAbortErrorMessage'''
+
'''Native Integration Review Hospital Notifications Task Assignments'''  
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.4'''
+
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
 +
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Discharge Summary Task Notification
 +
This preference determines who receives notification when a patient's discharge summary or notification of admission document is imported through Native Integration.
  
* Displays a message and logs an error if the error occurred because the request was stopped. If the preference is set to the default value of Y, the message, The request was aborted, is displayed and logged in the error_log table. If the preference is set to N, the exception is silently logged in the Instrumentation log. The error description in the instrumentation log is prefixed with the text, Ignored Exception.
+
* '''Review Hospital Notification Team'''-  The task is displayed on '''Review Hospital Notification Team''' task list if the patient is not assigned to a provider. Team members with access to this task list can view the task.
  
    Available Options: Y,N
+
* '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team'''- Select the '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team''' preference value to display the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task on the task list for the patient's provider.
    Defaulted Setting: Y
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: N/A
 
  
 +
* '''No Notification'''- Select the '''No Notification''' preference value so that the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task is not created and does not display on the task list.
  
'''Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice Button'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Review Hospital Notification Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team<ul></li><li>No Notification
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
* Determines which tab of Add Clinical Item opens when you click the Clinician Choice icon on the Clinical
+
'''Number of Days of Results to Include in RTF/CED Clinical Summary Preference'''   
Toolbar. 
 
  
    Available Options: '''*NOTE: Findings Option Added in 11.4.1'''
+
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
    'Active', 'Past Medical History', 'Past Surgical History',
 
    'Family History', 'Social History', 'Allergies',
 
    'Medication History', 'Immunization History', 'Chief Complaint',
 
    'Rx', 'Medication Administration', 'Laboratory', 'Radiology',
 
    'Procedures', 'Findings', 'Follow Up/Referral', 'Imaging', 'Instructions',
 
    'Immunizations', 'Supplies', 'CareGuides', or 'QSets'
 
    Default Setting: N/A
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override: Y
 
Note: If you select Chief Complaint '''(only available to V11 Note users)''' for the Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice
 
Button preference, the Chief Complaint icon is displayed on the Clinical Toolbar,
 
rather than the Clinician Choice icon.
 
  
 +
Determines how many days of past results are cited when generating an Rich Text Format (RTF) clinical summary or Clinical Exchange Document (CED).
  
'''Toolbar Default for History Builder Button''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
A value of 1-500 will designate how many days of past results will be included in the RTF or CED. Enter () to not include past results in RTF or CED documents.
  
Default for History Builder Button to direct user to a specific History Builder tab in ACI
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-500
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Value
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
    Available Options: 'Active', 'Past Medical History', 'Past Surgical History', 'Family History', 'Social History'
+
'''Normative Growth Chart in Units'''
                        'Allergies', 'Medication History', 'Immunization History', or 'Chief Complaint'
+
* Moved to HMP Preferences
    Default Setting: 'Active'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override: Optional
 
  
'''Toolbar Default for Problem-Based Order Button''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Number of Days in Past to Allow Editing Encounter'''  
  
Default for Problem-Based Order Button to direct user to a specific Problem-Based Order tab in ACI
+
* NOTE: Added in V11.5
  
    Available Options: 'CareGuide' or 'QSets'
+
Allows organizations to limit the number of encounters available for selection on Encounter Selector. The number available encounters will be based on the age of the encounter in days.
    Default Setting: 'QSets'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override: Optional
 
  
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>Sys
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon''' * Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
+
'''OccMedNavigation_Daily'''  
  
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI
+
* NOTE: Added in V17.1
  
    Available Options: 'Laboratory', 'Radiology', 'Procedures', 'Findings', 'Follow Up/Referral',
+
Determines navigation when a user double-clicks appointment or encounter in the Daily Schedule and a service package is present for the encounter of appointment.
    'Instructions' 'Immunizations', or 'Supplies'
 
    Default Setting: 'Lab/Procedures'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override: Optional
 
  
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Summary<ul></li><li>Chart<ul></li><li>MD Charges<ul></li><li>Task List
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Encounter Summary
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>Sys
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
|}
 +
*Valid Values of '''Encounter Summary''' will Display Encounter Summary from the Clinical Desktop.
 +
*Valid Values of '''Chart''' will display the Clinical Desktop.
 +
*Valid Values of '''MD Charges''' will display the selected ChgWorksPrefMenu preference.
 +
*Valid Values of '''Task List''' will display Task List.
  
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI
+
'''OccMedNavigation_Provider'''   
  
    Available Options: 'Rx' or 'Medication Administration'
+
* NOTE: Added in V17.1
    Default Setting: 'Rx'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override: Optional
 
  
'''UA Install Location''' This preference is no longer used.  
+
Determines navigation when a user double-clicks appointment or encounter in the Providers Schedule and a service package is present for the encounter of appointment.
  
'''Use Clinical Desktop Default View When Switching Patients''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    Recommended Setting:  
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization, User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
    User Can Override: Optional
+
|-
 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Summary<ul></li><li>Chart<ul></li><li>MD Charges<ul></li><li>Task List
'''Use Organization or Site Address for Patient Ed Print Out''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Encounter Summary
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>Sys
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
|}
 +
*Valid Values of '''Encounter Summary''' will Display Encounter Summary from the Clinical Desktop.
 +
*Valid Values of '''Chart''' will display the Clinical Desktop.
 +
*Valid Values of '''MD Charges''' will display the selected ChgWorksPrefMenu preference.
 +
*Valid Values of '''Task List''' will display Task List.
  
Determines which address to display on the patient education print out.
+
'''Only Export Problems via ADX After Last Assessed Date Specified'''
  
    Available Options: 'Site' or 'Organization'
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
    Default Setting: 'Organization'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
 
    User Can Override: N/A
 
  
'''URL to find the UAI DesktopAgent install (optional)'''
+
*  Prevents a patient's problem data from being exported by way of Allscripts Data Exchange (ADX), if the Last Assessed Date is equal to or before the date specified in the preference value. The default value for the preference is blank, meaning that no date is specified and exported problems are not restricted by the Problem.LastAssessedDTTM file. If a date is specified as the preference value, only problems that have a Problem.LastAssessedDTTM greater than the date specified are exported. Problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or less than the date specified are restricted from export by way of ADX. For example, if you set the preference date value as 12/01/2012, all problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or before 12/01/2012 are restricted from export through ADX. Any problems exported after 12/01/2012 are exported.
* This setting is to be used by clients using the UAI application only. If this is to be used, the technical resource installing the UAI tool would provide the appropriate setting for this field.
 
  
    Available Options: Free Text - provided by technical representative
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Blank unless using UAI
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: No, this is off and enforced
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Date Specific
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Wand Charge Enabled''' * Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
'''Order Authentication Time-Out'''
  
In order to generate visit charges in Allscript Wand this preference must be set to 'Y'
+
*  This is a numeric value that determines the number of minutes before the system requires authentication since the last time they authenticated.  The system can be configured to ask for passwords when signing notes, prescribing medications, or committing the encounter summary.  If a user has entered their password within the allowed time frame defined by the setting, the user will not be required to enter their password.  Once the time period has passed, the user will need to enter their password to verify their access. Setting this to 0 means that a user will need to enter their password once and their authentication session will not expire again during the session.
* When set to 'Y' the Billing button is enabled on the Note Preview screen in Allscripts Wand™.  
 
* When set to 'N' no visit charge functionality is available in Allscripts Wand™.  
 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Defaulted Setting: N
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
     User Can Override: Administrators can set this preference at the enterprise level
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
                        and then override it for individual users.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
      
 +
'''Patient MRN used for Communities/MRN to be used for Pt Identification'''
  
'''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled''' * Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.3
  
By default, the ''Chief Complaint'' section does not appear on the ''Patient Review'' screen in Allscripts Wand™. An administrator must configure the '''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled''' preference to be displayed
+
This preference gives multi-organization Community clients the ability to modify the method used to identify a patient to be either the Org-specific or the global MRN (Org 0). This preference is utilized only through Community-specific functions, for example: UAI Community launch, CED generation, and PIX/ADT. Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ sends the Enterprise/Organization level MRN to dbMotion for launching and patient identification in the Provider and Registration messages when filing a Clinical Exchange Document(CED).  Any current integrations using UAI at the Org specific level are not affected by this setting(for example, Prenatal and Medflow).
* When set to 'Y' Allscripts Wand™ displays the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.  
+
   
* When set to 'N' Allscripts Wand™ does not display the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' 
    Defaulted Setting: N
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, User
 
    User Can Override: Admin only
 
  
'''Wand Document Enabled''' * Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
* Note: Added in 11.4.1
  
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to create, edit, sign, and finalize unstructured documents from an iPad® device. You can turn off document-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Document Enabled preference settings.
+
This preference sets the upper end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' preference to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on Patient Profile Dialog. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Touchworks EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.
* When set to 'Y' the Documents button is enabled on the Encounter screen in Allscripts Wand™.
+
This preference must be set to a number that is higher than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears preference'''.
* When set to 'N' you can only view documents through the Patient Review screen, and you cannot create documents in Allscripts Wand™.  
 
::Setting Wand Document Enabled to N does not prevent users from signing documents. It only prevents new document creation.
 
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
 
    Defaulted Setting: 'Y'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, User
 
    User Can Override: Admin only
 
  
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|18
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' 
  
'''Wand Encounter Enabled''' * Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
* Note: Added in 11.4.1
  
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to manage patient encounters from an iPad® device. You can turn off encounter-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Encounter Enabled preference settings.
+
This preference sets the lower end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for patients whose age falls in the defined range. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.
* When set to 'Y' the Encounter button is available in Allscripts Wand™, and you can swipe to access the Encounter screen.
 
* When set to 'N' the Encounter button is not available in Allscripts Wand™, and you cannot swipe to access the Encounter screen.
 
::Note: See the Wand for Enterprise User Guide for further information on working with encounters.  
 
  
    Available Options: 'Y' or 'N'
+
This preference must be set to a number that is lower than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preference.
    Defaulted Setting: 'Y'
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, User
 
    User Can Override: Admin only
 
  
'''Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
*  This is disabled and not used at this time.  Do not modify. 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
 +
'''Patient Portal Auto Block Export Adol Age Range'''
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
'''WorkspaceVerifyTask'''
+
This preference is used to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences. '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' applies only to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and only affects patients actively registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™.
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.2'''
+
* '''Y''' setting will activate a night job that automatically updates all of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' for patients within the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences.
 
+
:: The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings include Clinical Summary, Reminders, Chart Update, and Result Notification.  
*  This preference determines which Workspace opens when you double-click a Verify CED
+
The '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' option blocks automatic exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™.
Item task or highlight the task and click Go To.
 
 
 
    Available Options:  Any selection from the list of Worklist Views
 
    Recommended Setting: Verify Clinical Item View
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise
 
    User Can Override:  No
 
 
 
'''Workspace view for tasks that navigate to worklist'''
 
*  This setting determines the default clinical desktop view to use when working an worklist related item from the task list.  When a worklist task is double-clicked from the task list, it will navigate the user to the clinical desktop and use the defined view. This should be set to a Clinical Desktop View that is designed to efficiently complete worklist items.  
 
 
 
    Available Options: Drop down list of available clinical desktop views
 
    Recommended Setting: Worklist view designed to efficiently complete worklist items
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization, User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, this should be explained in training.
 
 
 
=='''HMP Preferences'''==
 
  
''' 1) Health Maintenance Problems - Default to Expanded'''
+
* '''N'''- The patient is registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™, and if any of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings are set to '''Patient Portal or Patient Portal & Print''', exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™ are not blocked. The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings can be set manually to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' to block automatic exports to Allscripts Patient Portal™ if necessary.
  
Indicates whether or not the Health Maintenance Problems default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
+
'''LEGAL CONSIDERATION''' In some cases, you might need to block the automatic export of an adolescent patient's clinical data to the portal due to state or local laws regarding access to patient's health information.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Patient Portal Registration Level:''' Patient Portal Registration Level
  
''' 2) HMP Vitals Units'''
+
This preference defines whether the patient the default level of communication patients can have with providers.   
 
+
* '''Provider''' setting means that a patient must register with each individual provider in the practice prior to any communication being allowed happen.
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate Vitals values.
+
* '''Organization''' setting allows communication with all providers once regardless of which provider the patient registered with originally.  Additionally this setting also allows providers to send a CED without the patient having communicated and registers that provider for Portal communication within Touchworks.
* Note: If 'As Entered' is selected, then the value is displayed exactly how the value was entered.
+
To implement "auto-registration" of providers and patients for Allscripts Patient Portal
 +
communication in Allscripts Enterprise EHR, there is an additional required step during the
 +
implementation process. The provider file that is extracted from Allscripts Enterprise EHR
 +
and loaded into Allscripts Patient Portal must be extracted from Allscripts Patient Portal
 +
and loaded back into Allscripts Enterprise EHR to make sure the provider portal IDs are
 +
filed in the application.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>US</li><li>Metric</li><li>As Entered</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Organization
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US Metric system
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Patient Portal Send Chart on Patient Registration'''
  
''' 3) ImmunizationAdminViewShowPermDeferred'''
+
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
Indicates if permanently deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View.
+
This preference determines whether a Continuity of Care Document (CCD) in Consolidated Clinical Document Architecture(CCDA) format document is sent automatically to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. The CCD-CCDA document is included in the nightly '''Auto-Chart Export to Portal''' batch job.  
If display permanently is chosen to deferred items in the Administered/Recorded view, then those same items are also cited when that view is cited into Note.
+
 
*Note: New V11.4
+
* '''Y''': A CCD-CCDA document is automatically sent to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™.
 +
The patient's '''Patient Preferred Communication''' setting for '''Chart Update''' must be set to '''Patient Portal''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for the CCD-CCDA document to be sent automatically. If the patient is not defined as an adolescent*. Chart Update is automatically set to Patient Portal when the registration is accepted.
 +
Adolescent is defined as: if the age of the patient does not fall within the age range set by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' and '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences
 +
If the patient is defined as an adolescent, '''Chart Update''' is automatically set to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' and the CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the portal when the registration is accepted.
 +
* '''N''': A CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the patient's portal account.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
(Additional: The application only sends the CCD-CCDA document the first time the patient's registration for portal is accepted. Therefore, if the patient was already registered for the portal with Provider A, and then requests to be registered with Provider B, the automatic export of the CCD-CCDA is not triggered a second time when that registration is accepted (or it is not triggered again if it is accepted by default because the Patient Portal Registration Level preference is set to Organization). Updates to the chart made after the registration is accepted but before the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job for that day is run are included in the automatically exported CCD-CCDA. Chart updates that occur after the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job is run on that day, however, would trigger automatic export of the CCD-CCDA document on the following day.)
  
''' 4) ImmunizationAdminViewShowTempDeferred'''
+
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Encounter Status'''
  
Indicates if temporarily deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. If temporarily deferred items are displayed in the Administered/Record view then those items are also cited when that view is cited into note.
+
*  '''Y''' enables this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.  
*Note: New V11.4
+
* '''N''', disables the drop down box on the patient toolbar.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 
+
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Site Location'''
''' 5) My Priority View-Default Other Problems to Expanded'''
+
*  If set to '''Y''', this will enable this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.  
 
+
* If set to '''N''', the drop down box on the patient toolbar will be disabled, but still visible.
Indicates whether or not problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority ViewThe alert setting expands other problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear
 
*Note: New V11.4
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 
+
'''PCPDefaultSearch'''  
''' 6) My Priority View-Default My Priority Problems to Expanded'''
+
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
 
+
* Determines how the default search for the PCP (primary care provider) box in the Demographics section of Patient Profile Dialog is set ti either Provider or Referring Provider when selecting an entry for PCP.
Indicates whether or not My Priority problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands My Priority Problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear
 
*Note: New V11.4
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Referring Provider
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
 
+
   
 
+
'''PCPEditable'''  
''' 7) NormativeGrowthChart'''
+
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
 
+
Determines if a user can edit the PCP field in the Patient Profile dialog.
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate the Normative Growth Chart Values.
+
* http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/07/25/tips-from-the-ehr-new-pcp-field-preferences/  - Galen Blog article with more details.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Us Units</li><li>Metric Units
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US units
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 
+
'''Previously Discontinued (DC)For Patient'''
''' 8) NormativeGrowthChartGraphLabels'''
+
*  If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a warning if an order being added has been discontinued for that patient in the past. 
 
+
*  If set to '''Never''' the user will not be warned of this condition.
Indicates the which labels should display on the Normative Growth Charts by Default.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show Age</li><li>Show Data</li><li>Show Percentiles
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 
+
 
+
'''Print Patient Education Always'''
''' 9) NormativeGrowthChartOrder'''
+
'''Always''' setting defaults to always print patient education regardless of whether a CareGuide template is associated during an encounter.  This setting can be overridden on the encounter summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
 
+
*  '''If CareGuide Only''' setting defaults to print patient education only if there was a CareGuide associated.  This setting can be overridden on the Encounter Summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
Indicates the order in which the Normative Growth Chart units are displayed in the chart.
+
*  '''Never''' setting defaults to never automatically print patient education materials.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Heigh-Weight-BMI</li><li>Weight-Height-BMI
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Always<ul></li><li>If Careguide Only<ul></li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Height / Weight / BMI
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 
+
'''Provider Selection limited to Favorites'''
''' 10) Other Medications and Other Orders - Default to Expanded'''
+
'''Y''' setting determines if the user or provider is limited to selecting a provider from their favorites list in the drop down.  The search field will be hidden and they are prevented from selecting other providers.  This is typically only used in a multi-org situation when it is not viable for users to see the entire list of providers. 
 
+
'''N''' setting determines if the user or provider has the ability to do a look-up against the entire provider dictionary.
Indicates whether or not other medications and orders default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''PtCommunicationChartUpdateEditable'''
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
 +
 +
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Chart Update''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Chart Update''' unless the patient is registered for a patient portal.  The setting determines whether this field is editable.
 +
* '''Y'''- Chart Update is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates, if the patient is registered for the patient portal.
 +
* '''N'''- Chart Update is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates.
  
''' 11) Problem/Problem Type View - Default Acute Problems to Expanded'''
+
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Chart Update'''.
  
Indicates whether or not acute problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View
+
*Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered for the patient portal, '''Chart Update''' is disabled and displays '''Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''PtCommunicationClinSummariesEditable:'''
  
''' 12) Problem/Problem Type View - Default Chronic Problems to Expanded'''
+
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving Clinical Summaries.
 
 
Indicates whether or not chronic problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''PtCommunicationReminderEditable:'''
  
''' 13) Resulted Panels - Default to Expanded'''
+
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving reminders.
 
 
Indicates whether or not the Result panels default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''PtCommunicationResultNotificationEditable'''
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
''' 14) Show Blank Rows'''
+
This preference determines if users are allowed to edit a patient’s preferred method to receive result notifications.
  
Indicates whether or not to show blank rows on the HMP page.
+
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Result Notification''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Result Notification''' unless the patient is registered for the patient portal.
 +
 
 +
* '''Y'''- '''Result Notification''' is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications, if the patient is registered in a patient portal.
 +
 
 +
* '''N'''- '''Result Notification''' is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications.
 +
 
 +
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Result Notification'''.
 +
 
 +
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered in a portal, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable and displays '''Mail - Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' and if the patient is only enrolled in a portal, where patient-to provider-messaging between the patient health record (PHR) and Allscripts Enterprise EHR is not available, the '''Result Notification''' default is '''Mail'''. If the '''Mail''' entry in the '''Patient Communication''' dictionary is inactive, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable but still displays '''Mail''' as the default.
 +
 
 +
* If the preference is set to '''Y''' and if the patient, who is already enrolled in a portal where patient-to-provider messaging is not available, also is registered for another portal where the messaging is available, '''Result Notification''' is enabled and displays the default of '''Patient Portal'''.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''RaceEditable:''' Race Editable
  
''' 15) Show Clinical Findings if'''
+
Allows users to edit the Race box for patients from the Patient Profile page.
 
+
NOTE: The PMS is not updated when this field is edited in the EHR.
Indicates that Clinical Findings should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
 
|}
 
|}
 +
 
 +
'''RequestMaxRetries'''
  
 +
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
  
''' 16) Show Diagnostic Imaging if'''
+
Sets the maximum number of times the application will try to reconnect with the web server if a web exception is raised while running a Safe to Retry stored procedure. If the number of retries exceeds the preference value, an exception is raised and an error message is displayed.  
 
 
Indicates that Diagnostic Imaging should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
  
 +
* Note: The preference is only valid for a Safe to Retry stored procedure.
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 1-5
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''RequestTimeout'''
  
''' 17) Show Follow - up if'''
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
  
Indicates that Follow-up should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
Sets the timeout property in seconds for a web request object. The web request object waits for a response from the web server for the time period set by the preference. The preference to sets the limit of the waiting time for the stored procedure to execute.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>10 seconds<ul></li><li>20<ul></li><li>30<ul></li><li>40<ul></li><li>50<ul></li><li>60<ul></li><li>70<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>100<ul></li><li>120
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|60 seconds
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
|}
+
|}    
 +
 
  
 +
'''Sensitive Health (Subkey: Automatically Flag Patients)'''
  
''' 18) Show Instructions if'''
+
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
Indicates that Instructions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
The organization can determine if electronic health records will be automatically flagged if it may contain sensitive health conditions. A nightly SQL job will identify any patient EHRs that might contain Sensitive Health information based on patient age criteria set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey:"Age Range High Limit in Years).  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
|}
+
|}  
 +
 
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', then a nightly SQL job will run based on the patient age criteria set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) and an icon will be displayed on the patient banner. The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
  
 +
'''Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years)'''
  
''' 19) Show Immunizations if'''
+
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
Indicates that immunizations should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
An organization can determine the lowest age limit in years to flag patient EHRs as containing potential sensitive health conditions.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric 0-30
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|0
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
|}
+
|}  
 +
 
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', patients within the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) will be flagged in the patient banner with an icon.The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
 +
*If the patient does not meet the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) the icon does not display.
 +
 
  
 +
'''Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years)'''
  
''' 20) Show Laboratory if'''
+
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
Indicates that Laboratory should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
An organization can determine the highest age limit in years to flag patient EHRs as containing potential sensitive health conditions.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric 0-30
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
|}
+
|}  
 +
 
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', patients within the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) will be flagged in the patient banner with an icon.The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
 +
*If the patient does not meet the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) the icon does not display.
  
 +
 +
'''ShowAndLogRequestAbortErrorMessage'''
  
''' 21) Show Medication Admin if'''
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
  
Indicates that Medication Admins should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
Displays a message and logs an error if the error occurred because the request was stopped. If the preference is set to the default value of '''Y''', the message, ''The request was aborted'', is displayed and logged in the error_log table. If the preference is set to '''N''', the exception is silently logged in the Instrumentation log. The error description in the instrumentation log is prefixed with the text, '''Ignored Exception'''.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice Button'''
  
''' 22) Show Other Diagnostic Testing if'''
+
Determines which tab of Add Clinical Item opens when you click the Clinician Choice icon on the Clinical Toolbar. 
 
+
Note: If Chief Complaint is defaulted '''(only available to V11 Note users)''' then the Chief Complaint icon is displayed on the Clinical Toolbar, rather than the Clinician Choice icon.
Indicates that Other Diagnostic Testing should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Chief Complaints<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Procedures<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Imaging<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Toolbar Default for History Builder Button'''
  
''' 23) Show Precautions if'''
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
Indicates that Precautions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
Enables users to be able to set a default tab for the History Builder Button within the ACI.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Immunization History
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Toolbar Default for Problem-Based Order Button'''
  
''' 24) Show Referrals if'''
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
Indicates that Referrals should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
Default for Problem-Based Order Button to direct user to a specific Problem-Based Order tab in ACI.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon''' *
  
 +
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
  
''' 25) Show Supplies if'''
+
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI.
 
 
Indicates that Supplies should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Lab/Procedures
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon'''
  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
''' 26) Suppress Other Medication'''
+
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI
 
 
Determines whether or not to display "Other Medications" in the HMP.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Rx
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''UA Install Location'''
 +
* This preference is no longer used.
  
''' 27) Suppress Other Orders'''
+
'''Use Clinical Desktop Default View When Switching Patients'''  
  
Setting Y would suppress Other Orders and not show in the HMP, whereas setting to N would not suppress these and show Other Medication in the HMP.
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 +
 
 +
* '''Y''' setting will display the user's default Clinical Desktop View
 +
* '''N''' setting will display the view that s displayed pruior to chaning the patient in context.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Meds Preferences'''==
+
'''Use Organization or Site Address for Patient Ed Print Out'''  
  
''' 1) AllowFutureDateRecwoOrdering''' *New in v11.4.1 HF1
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
This preference enables you to specify the Rx Date in Medication Details as a future date, if the Record w/o Ordering box is selected. The preference does not apply to medication administration or immunization orders.
+
Determines which address to display on the patient education print out.  
 
 
*'Y'- the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled for past, current, or future dates.
 
 
*'N'- the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled only for past or current dates.
 
 
 
*If the Record w/o Ordering box is not selected, the application uses the existing validation for a past or current date, and the preferred patient communication method.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Site<ul></li><li>Organization
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organization
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' 2) Apply to All Print Dialog Default Value'''
+
'''URL to find the UAI DesktopAgent install (optional)'''
  
This preference sets the checkbox on the Print Dialog presented for Prescriptions. 
+
This setting is to be used by clients using the UAI application only. If this is to be used, the technical resource installing the UAI tool would provide the appropriate setting for this field.
If set to 'Y' the 'apply to all' checkbox will be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.
 
If set to 'N' the 'apply to all' check box will not be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text Provided by Technical Rep
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Unless using UAI
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' 3) AssignRxRenewTaskToManagedByProvider''' *New in v11.4.1
+
'''Wand Charge Enabled'''  
  
This preference determines if Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ automatically reassigns Rx Renew Request tasks to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or a prior renewal.
+
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
*'Y'- If there is a Managed By provider, Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Managed By provider who is associated with the matched patient therapy instead of the Ordered By provider.
+
In order to generate visit charges in Allscript Wand this preference must be set to 'Y'
*'N'- Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Ordered By provider associated with the matched patient therapy. If the medication cannot be matched or if both the Ordered By and Managed By provider are inactive, the task is not assigned to a provider.
+
* '''Y''' setting enables the Billing button on the Note Preview screen in Allscripts Wand™.  
 +
* '''N''' setting enables the visit charge functionality is available in Allscripts Wand™.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Set at Enterprise Level and Override for specific users
 
|}
 
|}
* Administrators can configure Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to automatically assign Rx Renew Request tasks to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or prior renewal. (See ABDR 11.4.1 ''Configure automatic assignment of Rx Renew Request tasks to the Managed By provider'' for more information)
 
  
 +
'''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled'''
  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
''' 4) Auto Dispense Inventory Medications'''
+
By default, the ''Chief Complaint'' section does not appear on the ''Patient Review'' screen in Allscripts Wand™. An administrator must configure the '''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled''' preference to be displayed
 +
* When set to '''Y''' Allscripts Wand™ displays the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.
 +
* When set to '''N''' Allscripts Wand™ does not display the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.
  
Set prescribe action to dispense for in-inventory medications
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Wand Document Enabled'''
  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
''' 5) Automatically Reactivate NRM'''
+
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to create, edit, sign, and finalize unstructured documents from an iPad® device. You can turn off document-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Document Enabled preference settings.
 
+
* When set to '''Y''' the Documents button is enabled on the Encounter screen in Allscripts Wand™.  
This preference determines if and when No Reported Medications (NRM) will be automatically reactivated in the Meds/Orders component.  If set to 'N' user must manually active NRM via Add Clinical Item when there are not active medications on the patient record (when all meds are in completed, Perm Deferral, EIE, or Discontinued Status and the Current Medications List is empty. If set to 'NotActiveOnly' the system automatically reactivates NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are not active medications on the patient record. If set to 'NoActiveorTempDefer' the system automatically actives NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are no active medications or if the only medications displayed in the Current Medications are in a Temporary Deferral Status.
+
* When set to '''N''' you can only view documents through the Patient Review screen, and you cannot create documents in Allscripts Wand™.  
 
+
Setting Wand Document Enabled to N does not prevent users from signing documents. It only prevents new document creation.
* Note: Added in v11.4
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>N</li><li>NotActiveOnly</li><li>NoActiveorTempDefer
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Wand Encounter Enabled'''
  
''' 6) Days Before RxAction Date To Consider Near Due'''
+
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
This preference sets a numeric value between 0-99. This represents the number of days prior to a Prescription Action being due to consider it near due and a reminder is created.  
+
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to manage patient encounters from an iPad® device. You can turn off encounter-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Encounter Enabled preference settings.
 +
* When set to '''Y''' the Encounter button is available in Allscripts Wand™, and you can swipe to access the Encounter screen.
 +
* When set to '''N''' the Encounter button is not available in Allscripts Wand™, and you cannot swipe to access the Encounter screen.
 +
Note: See the Wand for Enterprise User Guide for further information on working with encounters.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc'''
 +
*  This is disabled and not used at this time.  Do not modify. 
  
''' 7) Days Include Completed Meds'''
+
'''WorkspaceVerifyTask'''
  
This preference sets a a numeric value between 0-30.  This represents the number of days before the Rx Action Date to consider the renewal as Near Due.  Near Due Prescriptions will display on Encounter Summary.
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.2
  
*Note Added in V11.4
+
This preference determines which Workspace opens when you double-click a Verify CED Item task or highlight the task and click Go To.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-30
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Verify Clinical Item View
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''WorkspaceViewTasks'''
  
''' 8) Default Rx Action for Renewal'''
+
This setting determines the default clinical desktop view to use when working an worklist related item from the task list.  When a worklist task is double-clicked from the task list, it will navigate the user to the clinical desktop and use the defined view. This should be set to a Clinical Desktop View that is designed to efficiently complete worklist items.  
 
 
If set to 'previous action' the renewed prescription will default to the Rx action used during for the original version of the prescription. If set to 'User Default' the renewed prescription will default to the users default Rx action.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Previous Action</li><li>User Default
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Previous Action
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Worklist View Designed Efficiently Complete Worklist Items
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
=='''HMP Preferences'''==
  
''' 9) Destination: Default Rx Action'''
+
''' Health Maintenance Problems - Default to Expanded'''
  
*  If set to 'Call Rx' the Rx action will default to Call Rx.
+
Indicates whether or not the Health Maintenance Problems default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
*  If set to 'Dispense Sample', the Rx action will default to Dispense sample.
 
*  If set to 'Print Rx' the Rx action will default to Print Rx.
 
*  If set to 'Record' the Rx action will default to Record.
 
*  If set to 'Send To Mail Order' the Rx action will default to Send To Mail Order.
 
*  If set to 'Send to Retail' the Rx action will default to Send to Retail.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,807: Line 3,264:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>CallRx</li><li>Dispense Sample</li><li>Print Rx</li><li>Record</li><li>Send to Mail Order</li><li>Send to Retail
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always</li></ul>
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Send to Retail
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' 10) DestinationOTC: Default Rx Action for OTC'''
+
''' HMP Vitals Units'''
  
This preference is to ensure OTC medication orders are recorded, printed or sent to the patient's pharmacy.  
+
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate Vitals values.
 
+
* Note: If 'As Entered' is selected, then the value is displayed exactly how the value was entered.
*Note: Added in V11.4
 
 
 
If set to 'Call Rx' the Rx is to call the OTC prescription.
 
*  If set to 'Dispense Sample', the Rx action is to dispense the patient an OTC medication sample
 
*  If set to 'Print Rx' the Rx action is to print a hard copy of the OTC prescription.
 
*  If set to 'Record' the Rx action is to document the OTC prescription in the patient's record.
 
*  If set to 'Send To Mail Order' the Rx is to send the OTC prescription electronically to a mail order pharmacy
 
*  If set to 'Send to Retail' the Rx action is to send the OTC Prescription electronically to a retail pharmacy
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,833: Line 3,282:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>CallRx</li><li>Dispense Sample</li><li>Print Rx</li><li>Record</li><li>Send to Mail Order</li><li>Send to Retail
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>US</li><li>Metric</li><li>As Entered</li></ul>
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank-automatically defaults to Default                Action RX value
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US Metric system
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowPermDeferred'''
  
''' 11) Default Admin By'''
+
* Note: New V11.4
  
If set to 'Y' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. If set to 'N' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the userThis forces the user to manually select the value each time.
+
Indicates if permanently deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View.   
  
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin By).
+
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.
 +
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,852: Line 3,303:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' 12) Default Admin Date'''
+
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowTempDeferred'''
 +
 
 +
*Note: New V11.4
  
If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. If set to 'N' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
+
Indicates if temporarily deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. If temporarily deferred items are displayed in the Administered/Record view then those items are also cited when that view is cited into note.
  
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Date).
+
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.
 +
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,871: Line 3,325:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' 13) Default Admin Dose'''
+
''' My Priority View-Default Other Problems to Expanded'''
  
If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.  If set to 'N' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
+
* Note: New V11.4
 
 
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
 
  
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Dose).
+
Indicates whether or not problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View.  The alert setting expands other problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,892: Line 3,344:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' 14) Default Admin Lot'''
+
''' My Priority View-Default My Priority Problems to Expanded'''
  
If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.  If set to 'N' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.  
+
*Note: New V11.4
  
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
+
Indicates whether or not My Priority problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands My Priority Problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Lot).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,913: Line 3,363:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' 15) Default Admin Manufacturer'''
+
''' NormativeGrowthChart'''
  
If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.  If set to 'N' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time
+
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate the Normative Growth Chart Values.
 
 
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
 
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Manufacturer).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,934: Line 3,380:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Us Units</li><li>Metric Units
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US units
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' NormativeGrowthChartGraphLabels'''
  
''' 16) Default Admin Route'''
+
Indicates the which labels should display on the Normative Growth Charts by Default.
 
 
If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.  If set to 'N' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 
 
 
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
 
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default AdminRoute).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,955: Line 3,396:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show Age</li><li>Show Data</li><li>Show Percentiles
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' NormativeGrowthChartOrder'''
  
''' 17) Default Admin Site'''
+
Indicates the order in which the Normative Growth Chart units are displayed in the chart.
 
 
If set to 'Y' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.  If set to 'N' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 
 
 
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
 
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Site).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,976: Line 3,412:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Height-Weight-BMI</li><li>Weight-Height-BMI
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Height / Weight / BMI
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' 18) Default Disp Save Default'''
+